PACIFIC LINGUISTICS
Senie� V - No. 13
CONVERSATIONAL GURUNG
by
Jessie R. Glover and Deu Bahadur Gurung
Department of Linguistics
Research School of Pacific Studies
THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY
Glover, J.R. and Gurung, D.B. Conversational Gurung. D-13, viii + 223 pages. Pacific Linguistics, The Australian National University, 1979. DOI:10.15144/PL-D13.cover ©1979 Pacific Linguistics and/or the author(s). Online edition licensed 2015 CC BY-SA 4.0, with permission of PL. A sealang.net/CRCL initiative. PACIFIC LINGUISTICS is issued through the L�ngu�6t�e C��ete 06 Canbe��a and consists of four series:
SERIES A - OCCASIONAL PAPERS SERIES B - MONOGRAPHS SERIES C - BOOKS SERIES V - SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS
EDITOR: S.A. Wurrn.
ASSOCIATE EDITORS: D.C. Laycock, C.L. Voorhoeve, D.T. Tryon, T.E. Dutton.
EDITORIAL ADVISERS: B. Bender, University of Hawaii J. Lynch, University of Papua D. Bradley, University of Melbourne New Guinea A. Capell, University of Sydney K.A. McElhanon, University of Texas S. Elbert, University of Hawaii H. McKaughan, University of Hawaii K. Franklin, Summer Institute of P. Mlihlhausler, Technische Linguistics Universitat Berlin W.W. Glover, Summer Institute of G.N. O'Grady, University of Linguistics Victoria, B.C. G. Grace, University of Hawaii A.K. Pawley, University of Hawaii M.A.K. Halliday, University of K. Pike, University of Michigan; Sydney Summer Institute of Linguistics A. Healey, Summer Institute of E.C. Polome, University of Texas Linguistics G. Sankoff, Universite de Montreal L. Hercus, Australian National E. Uhlenbeck, University of Leiden University J.W.M. Verhaar, University of N.D. Liem, University of Hawaii Indonesia, Jakarta
ALL CORRESPONDENCE concerning PACIFIC LINGUISTICS, including orders and subscriptions, should be addressed to: The Secretary, PACIFIC LINGUISTICS, Department of Linguistics, School of Pacific Studies , The Australian National University,
Canberra, A.C.T. 2600. Australia.
Copyright (§) The Authors. First published 1979.
The editors are indebted to the Australian National University for help in the production of this series. This publication was made possible by an initial grant from the Hunter Douglas Fund.
National Library of Australia Card Number and ISBN 0 85883 192 9 ACKNOWLEVGEMENTS
We gratefully acknowledge the encouragement and active interest of Dr S.B. Shakya , Vice Chancellor of Tribhuvan University , and of Dr . P.R. Sharma , Dean of the Institute of Nepal and Asian Studies .
We would like to thank Mr . David Meech and Dr . Austin Hale for consultat ion at various stages in the development of this course, and Mr . Brot Coburn and Mr . Richard O'Dell for constructive criticisms on earlier drafts. Grammatical charts used in this course are based on those in W.W. Glover , 1974 .
iii TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page Acknowledgements iii Index to Conversation Topics v Introduction 1 Aids to Conversation 5 Lessons 1-80 7 Medical Lessons 81-93 167 Appendix 1 - Grammatical Tables 194 Appendix 2 - Gurung Kinship 198 Appendix 3 - The Twelve-Year Cycle 204
Appendix 4 - Glossary 205 Bibliography 214
iv INVEX TO CONVERSATION TOPICS
Lesson No . 1. First Days in the Village Greetings 1, 2 About your country 5 About your home town 9 How old are your children? 19 Why did you come to our village? 20 On studying the Gurung language 22 St rolling around the village 28 Coming to live in the village 36 Finding accommodation in the village 38
2. Getting Foodstuffs On buying eggs 6 rice 7 milk 8 wine 10 bananas 11 a fowl 12 kerosene 13 lent ils 14 matches 17 eggs 18
3. Travelling Around A trip to Pokhara 16 The foreign trekkers 23 Going on a short journey 25 A visit with Baidara 30 The village visitor 37 Visit ing a new village 41 Seeking directions on the road 40
v vi
Lesson No. 4. Village Activities About a hoe 3 About a khukuri knife 4 Repairing the village water tank 15 The lo st lock and key 24 Looking for a lost child 29 An early mark from school 35 How do you spend your days in the village? 39 Borrowing money 53 Churning butter 60 Fetching water 31, 32 The hen and the marten 43 Making sauerkraut 46 Washing our bodies 62
5. Of the Forests On eating berries 26, 27 Protection of the cane forest s 44 Getting grass for the buffalo 48 Tying up bundles of wood 52 Bringing wood from the forest 74
6. Recreat ion Let 's go to the sleeping house 54 Come sing a song to me 55 Erecting a ferris wheel for Dasain 72
7. Sorrows Taking a sick child to Pokhara 79 About a dead child 80
8. Ceremonies A Brahmin wedding 42 Arranging a marriage 56 Buying a sheep for Dasain 69 Discussion regarding a witch accusat ion 75 The po st funeral ceremony 76, 77, 78
9. Agricultural Details Taking rice to be pounded 33 The new rice-pounding mill 34 The cane mat 45 Moving a cow shelter 4 7 Buying a buffalo 49, 50 vii
Lesson No . A lost buffalo 51 Weaving a basket 57 Protection of fields from cattle 58 Arranging a boy to cut grass 59 Village work in April/May 61 Planting rice and millet seeds 63 Arranging a work pa rty 64, 67, 68 Hoeing corn for the school garden 65 Walling the paddies 66 Threshing the millet 70, 71 Meal pre pa ration for rice harvesters 73
10. Medical Topics General 81 , 86 , 89 Diarrhoea 84 , 87 , 92 Cut leg 82 , 90 Fever 83 Intestinal worms 85 Cough medicine 88 Sore eye 91 Sore throat 93 Glover, J.R. and Gurung, D.B. Conversational Gurung. D-13, viii + 223 pages. Pacific Linguistics, The Australian National University, 1979. DOI:10.15144/PL-D13.cover ©1979 Pacific Linguistics and/or the author(s). Online edition licensed 2015 CC BY-SA 4.0, with permission of PL. A sealang.net/CRCL initiative. INTRODUCTION
REGARDING THE PURPOSE AND ORGANISATION OF THIS COURSE
This course is for persons beginning the study of the Gurung language . It has been designed with the needs of anthropologists, social scien tists , and field workers in mind . The dialect represented is primarily that of the Seti Valley villages north-west of Pokhara . The first eighty lessons in this course are arranged in the form of short natural conversations , carefully graded for the systemat ic presen tation of new features and the review of old . Lessons 81 to 93 form a supplement on medical topics . The conversations are idiomatic Gurung . The English paraphrases provided are not literal translations but are attempts rather to convey the effect of the Gurung sentences. The material is intended for use by an individual scholar working with a Gurung language assistant . Most Gurkha soldiers are familiar with the Roman transcription of Nepali and thus should have no diffi culty in following the Roman transcription used here once they have gotten accustomed to the representation of pitch, nasalisation, and breathiness which we have adopted here . These features of the tran scription are relatively simp le and can be described as follows . Capitalised consonants are retroflexed . Capitalised vowels are nasal ised. The symbol , x, represents the breathy pronunciation of the syl lable in which it is found , while the apostrophe , I, represents the clear high pitch of the syllable in which it is found . The symbol, h, following a consonant represents aspiration (somewhat similar to the h in the English word , goatherd). There is no lexical contrast, evidently ,
between a and aa in word-final position, and the spelling of words in the course is not consistent in this respect .* A description of the phonology of Gurung is given in W.W. Glover , 1969a , and this and the pedagogical guide to Gurung tone (Glover and Glover 1972) are necessary
* In the representation of Gurung used in this volume there is only a very slight visual distinction between 1 Ill, a lateral consonant and I Iii, a nasalised vowel. The reader should be alert to distinguish the two symbols.
1
Glover, J.R. and Gurung, D.B. Conversational Gurung. D-13, viii + 223 pages. Pacific Linguistics, The Australian National University, 1979. DOI:10.15144/PL-D13.1 ©1979 Pacific Linguistics and/or the author(s). Online edition licensed 2015 CC BY-SA 4.0, with permission of PL. A sealang.net/CRCL initiative. 2
companions to this volume . Grammatical notes are based on W.W. Glover, 1974. Rather full sets of drills have been supplied up to and including lesson thirty . From lesson thirty-one to lesson forty only substitut ion and transform drills have been included and build-up drills where longer constructions are used . Lessons forty-one to eighty, with a few excep tions, include nothing other than new vocabulary listings and grammatical notes where relevant . There are two reasons for this . First , it was felt that the field worker 's most intensive language learning will take place in the first two months of his field work . Subsequent to that his own specific area of research will more and more dominate his time and the area of focus of his language learning . Second , as the student gains a thorough grasp of a good basic inventory of grammatical struc tures , other patterns can be assimilated more easily without dependence on a heavy drilling programme .
REGARDING LANGUAGE LE ARNING
Something should be said about the nature of language learning . Contrary to what some people believe , it does not primarily involve learning long lists of vocabulary or of memorising complicated paradigms . Language learning is not language analysis, though of course if one can discern significant syntactic patterns in the course of one's exposure to the language that is all to the good . But language learning does involve the following activities : 1. Listening constantly to mother-tongue speakers talking to one another . 2. Mimicking a mother-tongue speaker unt il you are indistinguishable from him . 3. Drilling until the patterns of the language become automat ic . 4. Speaking wherever and whenever you can . 5. Thinking in the language . 6. Participating in the culture . 7. Evaluation of one's weaknesses and one 's strengths . 8. Tracking, following tape recorded speech two or three syllables behind .
REGARDING THE USE OF THIS COURSE
In order to obtain the maximum benefit from this course the student should plan to spend each day two hours with a bilingual teacher using the lesson material, one hour reviewing and drilling with a tape re corder, and as many hours as possible immersed in the culture listening 3 to the language and practising the material already learned. During the two hours spent with one 's teacher it should be possible to complete two lessons . The hour devoted to a given lesson should be broken down as follows : 15 minutes for the lesson introduction, 30 minutes for drills , 5 minutes for memory review of the conversation, and 10 minutes for free conversation, making use of the vocabulary and grammatical constructions learned in previous lessons .
LESSON INTROVUCTI0N
The purpose of this portion of the lesson is for the student to hear the whole dialogue spoken by the teacher as a single linguistic unit . The student should listen to the rhythm of the sentences and of the question and response forms , concentrating first on the overall inton ation patterns before worrying about individual sounds . The student should be satisfied to get the general gist of the dialogue and not worry at this stage about the meanings of individual words . After hearing the teacher render the whole dialogue orally , the student should repeat it after him utterance by utterance . If the utterances are too long, as may be the case in the later lessons , it is quite in order to do the build-up drills before actually repeating the whole dialogue . The student should take along to his lesson whatever ob jects are mentioned in the two lessons for the day , and should encourage the teacher to read the dialogue with animation and expression and to make use of the relevant obj ects whenever appropriate . When, for example, the conversation deals with the buying and selling of foodstuffs , the actual items referred to should be made use of during the lesson.
VRILLS
There are usually three types of drills for each lesson in the course . Build-up drills break up the sentences into smaller, meaningful units for easier comprehension and pronunciation. Substitution drills are for drilling grammatical patterns of the language so that they become totally assimilated, and they review vocabulary in these meaning ful frames . Transformation drills practise responses within the lan guage structure and recognition of pattern changes. During these drills it is possible for the student to pay more careful attention to the teacher 's pronunciation, listening especially for the contrasts not found in their mother tongue , such as dental versus retroflexed t and d, aspirated versus unaspirated consonants, clear versus breathy manner of 4
articulation, accented versus nonaccented.
REVIEW
At the end of each lesson period the student should repeat the dia logue wi th a colleague or one's language assistant from memory . This is a very valuable conclusion to the lesson time and lays a solid foundation of known grammat ical patterns on which to build fluency in similar everyday situations .
USE OF TAPE LOOPS
A tape loop is a small piece of tape wh ich is spliced together to make a complete circle and which can be used on a reel machine or inserted into an emptied cassette encasement . It would be beneficial for the user of this course to make tape loops of grammatical construc tions as they are introduced throughout the course . The loops should only have one grammatical pattern recorded on it in a complete frame such as are found in the Substitution Drills and Transform Drills, leav ing enough spare space on the loop to insert a recording of mimicry of the pattern . The adva ntages of the small loops are three- fold . 1. By playing the loop , the grammatical patterns can be heard over and over for as long as one wi shes thus providing repeated opportunity for tracking the utterance . 2. By recording one's own attempt at mimicry after the Gurung examp le one can more easily hear where mistakes in pronunciation are being made . 3. By making up individual tape loops in the field situation any dialect differences for a specific area are automatically accommodated .
VIARY OF VIFFICULTIES
In general the student needs to be alert to his own area of weakness and should devise ways or remedying the weaknesses, and direct the lesson time accordingly . You cannot rely on your language assistant , especially if he is not a trained teacher, to devise special drills for you . For examp le when there is difficulty experienced in any area of phonology then you can ask the language assistant to repeat lists of words as listed in the Gu�un9 Phonem�c Summa�y or Gu�de �o Gu�un9 Tone and thereby focus more specifically on the problem area . AIDS TO CONVERSAT ION
USEFUL STARTERS
'What is this?' cu ' to ' jaa? 'What is that?' ca ' to ' jaa7 'PZease say it again. phe'ri bid aa . 'PZease say it sZow Zy. ' nuj ile bid aa . 'What are you doing? ' kx i to' lala7 'Where are you going? ' kx i khan i' xyaamu '7 'What is he doing ?' ca ' to ' larila7 'Where is he going? ' ca ' khan i' xyaamu ' 7 'What do es x mean? ' x maane to ' jaa7
ON THE ROAD.
1. a. 0 mxa IIi! 'HeZZo there, Second Daughter!' b. xwe ' txajyO . 'Yes, OZder Brother. ' (general term of respect for males older than one self) . a. kx i khani ' xyaamu '1 'Where are you going? ' b. ta kaE 'Du xya a 'm. 'I 'm going straight up there . ' (or ma kyu ru xya a 'm.) (or 'I 'm going straight down there. ) khan i' xyaamd i kx i7 'And wher e are you going? ' a. ngam kyu ' khaaba 'ri xyaa 'm. 'As for me, I'm going to fe tch water. ' b. 0, 0, xyaas idi '. 'Oh yes, we ZZ, go then. ' a. 0, xyaamu '. 'Yes. I'm going .
2. a. a baabu! '0 ZittZe one! ' b. xwe ' bxuJyu '7 'Yes Grandmother? ' 1 a. kx i khan i' xya a la'7 'Where have you bee n? '
lwhen meeting a person on a path within the village it is important to know where their house is so that one can ask the appropriate question. For example, if a person is heading back in the direction of their own home then one should ask, 'Where have you been?' as in the text, not 'Where are you going? ' as in the previous conversation.
5 6
b. nAA'sa Jare gxumd ll blrl' 'Having stroLLed around the viL Lage yu ' I a. I've aome down . ' a. cu ' nAA'sa swaaba mxAArdim 'Do you think this vi LLage is niae u7 or not?' b. swaaban mu , bxujyu'. 'It is indeed niae, Grandmo ther. ' a. I u' , baabu, xyaa 'i txu i . 'Wett, Littte one, I must go . You Tid o. nga xyaa 'm. stay, then. I'm going. ' b. 0, o. xyaa 'd xya a 'd. 'Yes, Go then. '
IN THE HOME/COURTYARD.
1. a. 0 baaje� '0 Grandfather! ' b. xwe'? kha i waa , baabu? 'Yes? You 've aome, have you, tittte one?' a. khai, baaje . kx i to lala? 'I 've aome, Grandfather. What are you doing ? b. pha ' kkarna ' kUriba. caUdi 'Just sitting for no reason at aLL tid, baabu. kUn, kUn . Spread out a mat, Littte one . Sit baadc it lale. down . Let 's have a ahat. ' a. 0 baaje , lalesidi'. 'O. K. , Grandfather, tet ' s. '
2. a. 0 aana� '0 Etder Sister! ' b. xwe ' Thaagu. kx i khan i' 'Yes, Etdest Son . What have you aome phekha i? fo r? ' (Lit : 'Where have you arriving aome ? ) a. kx ine cyuguthiri tAA 'I 've aome to ask you a smatt matter. ' ngyu'ibari kha lau '. b. bid, bid, Thaagu. kUnsidi'. 'Speak, speak, ELdest Son. Do sit down . ' LESSONS 1-80
LESSON 1
1- 0 kanch i ! 'a, Last-born Daughter! ' 2. hajur. 'Yes. ' (Polite response to greetings , addressed to one 's elders .) 3. kaE ca i ' waa7 'Have (you) eaten rice? ' 4. cai ' . 'Yes. ' (Lit : 'I 've eaten. ') 5. to' Txaa ca i '7 'What curry did (you) eat?' 6. pattu ' Txaa ca i ' . '(I) ate wi Ld asparagus curry . 7. I I 'na waa7 'Was (it) tasty?' 8. beseri II'n amae. 'Indeed (IJ found (it) very tasty. '
NEW VOCABULARY
kanch i 'Last-born daughter ' to ' 'what ' ha j u r 'yes ' Txaa 'curry ' kaE 'cooked rice ' cabaa ' 'to eat ' waa 'question particle' pattu' 'wi Ld asparagus ' II'ba 'tasty ' beseri 'very '
NOTES
Line 1: The address term for people is almost always a kinship term. See the kinship table for a full list of kin terms . Line 3: The interrogat ive particle waa turns an indicative sentence into a question. Note the ris ing intonation at the end of such a question sentence . Deletion - the omi ssion of words which the hearer can readily understand from the context - is extensive in Gurung con versation . kx i 'you ' is deleteed in lines 3 and 5, nga 'I' in lines 4 and 6, and ca ' 'that, it' in lines 7 and 8.
7 8
Line 4: ca i' The verb stem 'to eat ' is ca-. The -i' ending is a past tense (final ) suffix . (See Grammatical Tab le 2.) Line 8: The stem 1 I ' - 'to be tasty ' is followed by discovery and emphatic aspect particles : I I 'na 'I fo und it to be tasty! ' 1 I 'namae 'Indeed I found it to be tasty. '
BUILD-UP DR I LLS
1. ca i' waa? 'Have you eaten? ' kaE ca i' waa? 'Have you eaten rice?' 2. Txaa ca i '. '(I've) eaten curry. ' pa t tu ' Txaa ca i ' . '(I've) eaten asparagus curry. ' 3. I I 'na. , (I) fo und it tasty. ' II'n amae. 'Indeed (I) fo und it tasty. ' beser i 11'namae . 'Indeed (I) fo und it very tasty. '
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
Use of Transform Drills To start with, the left hand column of a transform drill can be practised as if it were a simp le substitution drill. Then the same procedure can be followed for the right hand column . Finally the drill can be practised switching from the first utterance in the left hand column to the first utterance in the right hand column paying special attention to the pattern demonstrated in the top boxes . Then this same transform procedure should be repeated right down the list .
l. Question Answer
ca i ' waa? ca i ' . 'Have you eaten? ' 'I have eaten. ,
pa ttu' Txaa ca i ' waa? pa t t u ' Txaa ca i ' . 'Have you eaten asparagus ?' I I 'na waa? II' i. 'Is it tasty?'
kaE ca i ' waa? kaE ca i ' . 'Have you eaten rice ? ' 9
2. Full form (I-I deletable ) Deleted form
Ikxil kaE ca i ' waa7 ka E ea i ' waa7 'you rice eaten? '
Ikxil to ' Txaa ea i '7 to' Txaa ea i '7 'you what curry eaten? Ingajil ea i ' ea i ' , 'I ate. , 'have eaten. Ingaj il pattu' Txaa ea i ' pattu ' Txaa ea i ' , , 'I asparagus curry have eaten. 'ate asparagus curry . lea 'i 1 I 'na waa7 1 I 'na waa7 'that tasty?' 'tasty ? ' lea 'i beseri 11 'namae beseri 1 I 'namae , 'that very tasty . , 'very tasty . 10
LESSON 2
1. okanchi! '0 Last -born Daughter! ' 2. hajur. 'Yes. ' 3. kaE ca i' waa? 'Have you eaten rice?' 4. ca i'. kx i ladi '? '(I've) eaten. And what about you? ' 5. ngada 'i axca ' kx id to 'e Txaa 'As for me. I haven 't eaten. What ca i '? kind of curry did you eat? ' 6. daala Txaa ca i'. '(I've) eaten lentil curry. ' 7. ll'n a waa? 'Was it tasty?' 8. O� lI'n amae. 'Yes. Indeed. I fo und it tasty. ' 9. kxemaEe ' nAA'sar yOm maa? 'Is it available in your village? ' 10 . axyO' . cu 'r khae' ma ttre' 'It is not available. I have eaten ca i ' . it only since coming here . '
NEW VOCABULARY kx i 'you ' nga 'I ' daala 'lentils ' kxema E 'you (pl) ' nAA 'sa 'vil lage ' yObaa ' 'to be available ' cu 'r 'here ' khabaa ' 'to come ' ma ttre' 'only ' to 'e 'what kind of '
NOTES
Line 5: ngada 'i The pronoun 'I ' nga is followed by an ergative particle da ' and an emphatic particle -i. The whole word could be translated 'As for me '. The negative prefix ax- induces an accent on low clear ver b stems such as ca- 'eat '. giving axca '. Line 9: The -e' suffix on kxema E is a possessive particle . i.e. Kxema E 'you (pl) '; kxemaEe' 'your (pl) '. The clitic -r ( -ri) on nAA'sa is a locative form meaning 'in '. 'at '. It occurs on nouns and noun phrases . The verb stem yO- 'to be available ' is here suffixed by the nonpast aspect (final) form -m (see Gr ammar Table 2). maa is an alternative question form to waa and follows the nonpast (final ) forms of the ver b , whereas waa follows the past (final ) form of the verb . Line 10: Note the locative case particle - r on cu' 'this ' to give the meaning 'here ' (see Grammar Tab le 1) . cu ' 'this. he. she it (near) ' cu'r 'here ' ca ' 'that. he. she it (far) ' ca 'r 'there ' cu'r khai' ma ttre' cai' . The -i past tense suffix can also act in a conj un ctive role as is the case here with the verb kha- 'to come '. It can also be said with a conj unction included : cu 'r khae' biri ' ma ttre' ca i '. This very common construction is used to join sequential clauses . 11
BUILD-UP DR I LLS
1. ca i ' . '(I've) eaten. ,
ca i ' . kx i ladi '1 '(I've) eaten. And what about you? ' 2. axca ' . '(I've) not eaten. , ngada ' axca ' . '(I've) not eaten. , ngada 'i axca ' . 'As for me, I've not eaten. , ngada 'i axca ' . kx id to 'e 'As for me, I've not eaten. Wha t Txaa ca i '1 vegetable did you eatr ' 3. yOm maa1 'Is (it) available? nAA'sar yOm maa1 'Is it avai lable in the village?' kxemaEe' nAA'sar yOm maa1 'Is it avai lable in your (pI) viZZage ?' 4. axyO'. '(It is) not avai lable.'
axyO'. cu ' r kha i' ca i ' . (It is) not avai lable. Sinae aoming here I've eaten (it). axyO '. cu'r khae' ma ttre' '(It is) no t available. Only sinae ca i ' . aoming here have (I) eaten it. '
SUBST ITUTION DR ILLS
GURUNG ENGLISH
Location Location
Place Loc . mk. Ve rb Subj . + Ve rb Loc . wd . Place
kxemaEe' nAA'sa - r yOm maa1 Is it avai lable in your vi Z Zage ? dx I' - r house? desa -r aountry ? bana - r forest?
TRANSFORM DR ILLS
l. Positive Negative
ca i ' 'eaten ' axca ' 'not eaten '
Il'i 'tasty ' ax 1 I ' 'not tasty ' yO i ' 'available ' axyO ' 'not available ' kha i ' 'aame ' axkha ' 'not aome ' 12
2. Past (final) Nonpast (present )
ca i ' 'ea ten ' cam 'eat '
yO i ' 'was avai lable ' yOm 'available ' kha i ' 'came ' kham 'come '
3. QUESTION FORMS Past + waa Nonpast + maa
ca i ' waa7 'Have (you) eaten? cam maa7 'Do (you) eat?
yO i ' waa7 'was (it) availabZe?' yOm maa7 'Is (it) available?' kha i ' waa7 'Have (you) come? ' kham maa7 'Do (you) come ?
4. Final Past Final Past in Conjunctive Sequenc e
CUi kha i ' '(I) came here ' cu 'r kha i ' ca i ' 'Having come here (I) ate (it) . '
cu 'r yO i ' '(It) was available cu ' r yO i ' ca i ' 'Being available, here. , here (I) ate (it) .
5. Conj unctive Sequence without b i ri ' Conj unctive Sequence with b i r i '
cu 'r kha i ' ca i ' cu ' r kha i ' b i r i ' ca i '
cu'r yO i ' ca i ' cu ' r yO i ' b i r i ' ca i ' 13
LESSON 3
'About a Hoe ' l. cu ' to ' jaa? , What is this?' 2. cu ' kodaa l i' yaa . 'This is a hand hoe. ' 3. cu ' ko d a al i' waa? 'Is this a hand hoe ?' 4. O. kodaa 1 i ' yaa. 'Yes. It is a hand hoe. ' 5. cu' khaba 'd banidimu? 'Who makes these? ' 6. kammaE'd ban idim. 'The b1.acksmith makes (them) .' 7. cu ' to 'l ban idimu? 'What is it made of? ' 8. pa 'el ban idim. 'It is made of iron. ' 9. cu' to 'e lxaagir ca idim u'? 'What is it needed fo r? ' 10. cu'di txaaba 'e kxe ' lam. 'With this (we) do hoeing work. '
NEW VOCABULARY cu' 'this ' kamma E 'b1.acksmith ' jaa 'is ' (interrogative ) pa 'e 'iron ' kodaal i' 'hand hoe ' lxaaglri 'purpose ' yaa 'is ' ca idiba' 'needed ' 0 'yes ' txaaba ' 'hoeing ' khaba 'who ' kxe ' 'work ' banidiba 'make ' labaa ' 'do '
NOTES Line 1: The verb 'to be ' (in the essive usage ) of this lesson takes two forms : jaa in the content question form of line 1, and the indicat ive form yaa of lines 2 and 4. See W. Glover (1969b ) for a fuller descrip tion of the verb 'to be ' in Gurung. Line 5 : khaba 'd: the -d / -di on the end of 'who ' is an ergative particle wh ich occurs on the subject of transitive verbs . See also Line 6 kammaE 'd, and line 10 , cu 'di. Line 6: to ' 1: the -1 suffix on the end of the question word to ' 'what ' expresses substance . Hence 'what is it made of? ' Note same suffix in the response paqel ban idim 'made of iron '. Line 9: -e lxaagir(i) manifests the benefactive case particle 'for the sake/purpose of '. (See Grammatical Table 1. ) Lines 5 , 7, 9: exhibit the nonpast, non final aspect suffix on the verb stems . The aspect of nonfinality is here denoted because the question forms are incomplete without the answer . Lines 5 , 9: banid imu, ca idimu: the -di suffix mark verb stems borrowed from Nepali : banaau- 'make ', caahi- 'he needed '. Line 10 : txaaba 'e kxe ' is a gerundive phrase meaning 'hoeing work '. 14
BU ILD-UP DRI LLS
1. to ' jaa? 'What is (this, that) ?' cu' to ' jaa? 'What is this?' 2. khaba 'd banidimu? 'Who makes (this, that) ?' cu ' khaba 'd bani dumu? 'Who makes this? ' 3. to 'l ban idimu? 'What is (this) made of? ' cu ' to 'l ban idimu? 'What is this made of? ' 4. to 'e lxaagir? 'For what purpose? ' to 'e lxaagir ca idim u'? 'For what purpose is (this) needed? ' 5. kxe ' lam. , (We) do work. ' txaaba 'e kxe ' lam. , (We) do hoeing work. ' cu 'di txaaba 'e lxe' 'With this (we) do hoeing work. '
SUBSTITUTION DR ILLS
1. Topic Comment Cop . Verb Topic Cop . Verb Comment cu ' kodaal i' yaa . This is a hoe .
daala lentils . pattu' asparagus . pa 'e iron. kaE rice. kxema Ee' nAA' sa your village . kxemaEe ' daala your lentils. kxemaEe' Txaa your curry .
2. Verb Verb cu' to 'e lxaagi r ca idim? For what purpose is (this) needed?
cam? eaten? yOm? available? ban idim? made ?
QUEST! ON-ANSWER
1. Q: cu' to ' jaa? 'What is this? ' A: cu ' kodaa l i' yaa . 'This is a hoe. ' daa la lentils. ' pa 'e iron . ' 2. Q: ca ' to ' jaa? 'What is that?' A: ca ' pattu' yaa . 'That is asparagus .' nAA'sa yaa . a vi llage . ' kaE yaa. cooked rice . ' 15
3. Q: cu ' kodaal l ' to ' 1 banldlmu? A: pa 'el banld lmu. 'What is this hoe made of? ' 'It is made of iron. , Txaa (curry ) pattu' (asparagus) daala (LentiLs) maa 'sa (bLack Lentil-s)
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
l. Question Statement
cu ' kodaale' waa? cu' kodaal i' yaa. 'Is this a hoe ? ' 'This is a hoe. ,
cu ' pattu ' waa? 'asparagus? ' cu ' pattu ' yaa. cu ' daala waa7 'LentiLs?' cu ' daala yaa .
, 2. ca ' ka E waa 7 'Is this cooked rice ? ' ca ' kaE yaa . 'This is cooked rice.
ca ' Txaa curry ? ca ' Txaa yaa . ca ' kxemaEe' nAA'sa ca ' kxemaEe; nAA'sa yaa . you viHage?
3. Independent Clause Subj ect Gerundive phrase Verb
Wi th this (we ) hoe . Wi th this (we ) do hoeing work.
cu 'd txaam cu 'd txaaba 'e kxe ' 1 am
kha 'Em (reap) kha ' Ebae tho'm (chop) tho'bae 16
LESSON 4
, About a Kukri Knife . ' 1. ca ' AAsi' waa7 'Is this a sickle?' 2. axngxl '. ca 'm kxojaa ya a. 'No. THA T is a kukhri knife. ' 3. kxoj ad chi kha 'Em maa7 'Do you cut grass with a kukhri knife?' 4. axkhxa 'E, axta '. tho' bae 'No, it is not right (to cut grass sa 'e mattre' . wi th a kukhri). It is a chopping thing only. ' 5. txu lmaEd banidll waa7 'Is it made by tailors ?' 6. axngxl ' cu ' kaamaE'd banldim. 'No . Blacksmi ths make these. ' 7. chabi 'yAA cu ' to ' lamale' 'In that case what do you need them ca idim? fo r? ' 8. 51' tho'ba, pha rgu tho'ba. 'For chopping wood, and chopping po les. ' 9. cu 'l pa 'elA banldlm maa? 'THIS is made of iron, isn 't it? ' 10 . 0, pa 'elA yaa . 'Yes, it is of iron. '
NE�I VOCABULARY
AAs I' , sma II sickle ' axngx I ' 'not so ' ca ' 'that ' kxoj aa 'kukhri knife ' ch i 'grass ' kha 'Eba 'to cut at ground level tho 'ba 'to cut with a downward (with a horizonta l action), chopping action ' to reap ' txulmaE 'tai lors ' sa 'e 'thing ' 5 I ' 'wood ' chab I' yAA 'that being the case ' phargu 'stick, stave, pole '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY jaga 'plural '
NOTES
J"ine 2: ca 'm:-m is an emphatic suffix, as is -i ( on cu ' I in line 9) . Line 4: tho'bae is a relative clause, modifying the following sa 'e: '(thing) which chops ' or 'chopping (thing) '. Line 5: The -mae suffix in txulmaEd is a plural marker on animate nouns only . jaga is also used to pluralise nouns . Line 7: lamale' : the -male' suffix 'while ' ( Eastern Gurung -mangere) indicates simultaneous action : 'while doing what do you need (them) ?'. Line 8: The-ba suffix on tho ' is a gerundive marker . 17
THE VERB 'to out '
In the Gurung language several distinct verbs are used in situations where the English speaker would use the verb 'cut '. Care mu st be taken to use the correct Gurung verb in the appropriate situation. The most general term , kyAA 'ba, is limited to such areas as the cutting of cloth, paper, meat . Another common term, tho'ba, is limited to a downward movement of the hand and is close to the English concept of chopping . Butchering an animal , cutting branches from trees requires this verb . tho'ba is also used in a figurative sense, as in cutting one 's pay , or purchasing tickets for a bus trip or cinema show . Other verbs include : kha 'Eba 'to cut crops (with a horizontaL action of the sickLe) at ground Leve L'. thubaa ' 'to cut heads of grains, to reap, to cut dry wood! ' kribaa' 'to cut hair. ' thObaa ' 'to open up, to punoh/cut a hoLe. '
BUI LD-UP DR I LLS
1. kxoj aa yaa . '(It) is a kukhri knife . ' ca ' kxojaa yaa. 'That is a kukhri knife. '
ca'm kxoj aa yaa. ' THAT is a kukhr i knife. ' axngxl '. ca 'm kxoj aa yaa. 'No . THA T is a kukhri knife. ' 2. tho' bae sa 'e mattre. , It is a chopping thing on Ly . ' axkhxa 'E. tho ' bae sa 'e '(It) doesn 't cut at ground LeveL. ma ttre. It is a chopping thing onLy. '
a x k h xa ' E . a x t a a ' . tho'bae '(It) doesn 't cut at ground LeveL. sa 'e ma ttre. That 's not right. It is a chopping thing onLy. ' 3. to ' lamale'7 'WhiLe do ing what?' to ' lamale' ca idim7 'Whi Le doing what is (this) needed? ' cu ' to ' lam ale' ca idim7 'WhiLe doing what is this needed? ' chab i'yAA cu ' to ' lamale' 'In that case, whiLe doing what is ca idim7 this needed? OR In that case what do you need them fo r? ' 4. pa 'el la banidim maa7 'Is (it) made of iron? ' cu ' pa 'ella banidim maa7 'Is this made of iron? ' cu'i pa 'el la banidim maa7 'Is THIS made of iron ? ' 18
SUBSTITUTION DRI LLS
1. Subj . Obj ect Q. Q. Subj . Object
ca ' AAs i ' waa7 Is that a hand sicHe ?
kodaal i' hand hoe ? pa 'e iron ? daa la lentil.s? pattu' wild asparagus? tho' bae sa 'e chopping thing ? kha 'Ebae sa 'e cutting thing?
2. Subj . Obj ect Verb Q. Q Subj . Verb Object
kamme 'd kxoj a banidim maa7 Does a blacksmi th make kukhris?
Aas i ' hand sickles? kodaal i' hand hoes ?
QUEST ION-ANSWER
1. Q: ca ' AAs i ' waa7 A: axngx I' ca 'm kxoj aa yaa. 'Is that a cutting knife ? ' 'No THAT is a kukhri knife . '
• a •••••••• ca ' kxojaa waa7 'No THA T is a sickle. ,
...... ca ' kha 'Ebae sa 'e waa7 'No THA T is a chopping thing. '
...... ca ' pa ttu ' txaa waa7 'No THA T is lentil. curry . ,
TRANSFORM DRI LLS
1. Singular Plural
(a) animate nouns txu 1 i d 1 ai' waa7 txulmaEd 1 ai ' waa7 'Did the tai lor do it? ' 'Did the tai lors do it? '
kamld 1 ai ' waa7 kamaEd 1 ai' waa7 bxujyu 'd 1 ai' waa7 bxujyuma Ed 1 ai' waa7 baajed 1 ai ' waa7 baajemaEd 1 ai' waa7
(b) inanimate nouns kxoj aad 1 ai' waa7 kxoj aJagad 1 ai' waa7 AAs id 1 ai ' waa7 AAs ijagad 1 ai ' waa7 kodaal id 1 ai' waa7 kodaa 1 i j agad 1 ai ' waa7 19
2. Lack of Emphasis Emphas is (-m )
ca ' kxojaa yaa . ca 'm kxojaa gaa . 'That is a kukri knife . ' 'THA T is a kukhri knife. '
ca ' AAs i yaa . ca 'm AAsi ' ga o ca ' pa 'e yaa . ca 'm pa 'e ga o ca ' kodaali' yaa . ca 'm kodaa li ga o
Note : ga is an alternative form of yaa used for emphasis .
Verb 3. Subj ect Obj ect Subj ect Gerundive phrase Verb (present fi nal) kxoj ad 5 I ' tho'm kxoja tho'bae sa 'e ga The kukhr i knife chops wood. The kukhr i knife is a chopping thing
AAs i 'd chi kha 'Em AAs i ' kha ' Ebae sa 'e ga kodaa Ii'd baa r i txaam kodaa Ii txaaba 'e sa 'e ga
4. Simultaneous action ma le' Purposive -e Ixaagi ri
5 I ' thomale' ca idim 5 I ' tho' bae Ixaagi ri ca idim Whi Ze chopping wood it is needed. For chopping wood it is needed.
ch i khaEmale' ca idim 51' kha ' Ebae Ixaagiri ca idim baari txaama le' ca idim baari txaaba 'e Ixaagiri ca idim phargu thomale' ca idim pha rgu thobae Ixaagiri ca idim 20
LESSON 5
'About Your Country ' l. kx ie desa khan i'r jaa7 'Where is your country? ' 2. nga 'e desa jarma ni ga o 'My country is Germany. ' 3. kxi laa mr l pxasxi mu u, 'Do you have a wife and children or axxre '7 not? ' 4. mu . 'Yes . ' 5. pxasxi kad i ' lxe' mu7 'How many chi ldren? ' 6. cxa gx r i ' mu , cam I' ngx I' mu . 'One son, two daughters. ' 7. aabaa, AAma mu u, axxre '7 'Are your fa ther and mother living? ' 8. aabaa, AAmaa tAAn mu . 'Father, mother both are living. ' 9. al i, aadaa d i ' 7 'And younger and older brothers ?' 10 . al i mu , aada i ngan ya a. 'I have a younger brother. As for the older brother that 's me. '
NEW VOCABULARY des a 'country ' khan i ' 'where ? ' mr I 'wife ' pxasxi 'child ' axxre ' 'not ' kad i ' 'how many ' l xe ' 'many ' mu 'is ' cxa 'son ' gxr i ' 'one ' (E k r i ) caml ' 'daughter ' ngxl ' 'two ' (E ngy010) aaba ' fa ther ' AAmaa 'mother ' tAAn 'all ' al i 'younger brother ' aadaa 'older brother '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY sO ' 'three ' ng i ' , seven ' pIxi ' 'four ' prxe ' 'eight ' ngxa ' 'five ' ku ' 'nine ' Txu ' 'six ' cyu ' 'ten ' ' AAnaa 0 lder sister ' Angaa 'younger sister '
NOTES
Line 1: The -r suffix on khani ' is a locative case particle specifying 'at where '. kx ie: The -e suffix is a possessive particle . kx i 'you ' kx ie 'your ' nga 'I ' ngae 'my ' kxemaE 'you (pl) , kxemaEe 'your (pl) , ngi 'we (excl) ' ngie 'our ' 21
Line 3: kx ilaa The -la suffix is a possessive on a noun or pronoun in sentence topic position. Line 7: mu u axxre '7 This could best be translated 'Is there or not? ' mu is another form of the verb 'to be ' which acts in a way simi lar to the Nepali ehha stat ing the existence of a certain thing . Whereas Ja a, ga , yaa function simi larly to the Nepali ho in equating or defining. The negative form of mu is axxre '. Line 9: The di' particle acts as discourse conj unction from the previous question .
BU ILD-UP DR ILLS
1. khani 'r jaa7 'Where is (it) ?' desa khani ' r Jaa7 'Where is the oountry ?' kx ie desa khani'r jaa7 'Where is your oountry ?' 2. ngae desa . 'My oountry . ' jarma ni gaa . , It is Germany. ' ngae desa jarma ni gaa . 'My oountry if Germany . '
3 . mu u axxre '7 'Is there 01' not?'
mrl pxasx i mu u axxre '7 'Is there a wife and ohi tdren 01' not?'
kx ila mrl pxasxi mu u axxre '7 'Do you have a wife and ohi tdren 01' not? ' 4. caml ' mu . 'There is a daughter. ' caml ' ngxl ' mu . 'There are two daughters . ' cxa mu . 'There is a son. ' cxa gxri mu . 'There is one son. cxa gxri ' mu . caml ' ngxl ' mu . 'There is one son and two daughters .'
SUBSTITUTION DR I LLS
lao aaba , AAma mu u axx re '7 'Do you have a mother and fa ther 01' not? '
cxa , caml ' son 01' daughter
al i, aa da younger 01' otder brothers mri, pxasxi wife, ohi tdren
lb . AAsi ' mu u axx re '7 'Do you have a siokte 01' not? ' kodaal i' hoe kxoja kukhri knife daala tentits pattu' asparagus 22
2a. pxasxi kad i ' Ixe' mu? 'How many ahildren are there ?' nAA 'sa vi l lages desa coun tries pha rgu poles
2b . kaE kad i ' Ixe' mu? 'How much aooked rice is there ? ' Txaa aurry daala lentils 5J ' wood kxe work
3. cxa gxri ' mu , camJ' ngxJ' mu . 'There is 1 son and 2 daughters . ' kodaa l i ngxJ' mu , AAsi ' sO ' mu . 'There are 2 hoes and 3 siakles. ' al i ngxJ' mu , aada gxri ' mu . 'There are 2 younger and 1 older brother. AAsi' ngxa ' mu , kxoja ngxJ' 'There are 2 siakles and 2 kukhri mu . knives. ' nAA'sa ngi' mu , desa plxi ' mu . 'There are 7 vi l lages and 4 countries. '
TRANSFORM DR ILLS
l. 'This a ahopping thing . ' 'There is (exists) a ahopping thing cu' tho ' bae sa 'e yaa tho'bae sae mu .
kha ' Ebae kha ' Ebae kyAA 'bae kyAA 'bae txaabae txaabae
2. Possessive -e Possessive - I a ( - I )
kx ie desa khani 'r ja a? xa ' desa kx i I ga o 'Where is your aountry ?' 'That aountry is yours. ,
kx ie pxasxi ca 'r mu . kx ilaa pxasxi mu u axxre '? , Your ahild is there . , 'Do your ahildren exist or not? ' ca 'e AAs i ' kammaEd ban i d i i . .kammaEd banidibae AAs i ' ca l ga . 'His siakle was made by the 'The siakle made by the blaaksmith blaaksmith. ' is his. ' 23
QUESTION-ANSWER
l. Q: 'Wha t is this?' A: 'This is a aatt'le shed upright. ,
cu ' to' jaa? cu ' phargu yaa. this what is this upright is
5 I ' ch i pa 'e baa r i
2. Keep on asking questions using only the words which have been learnt . To as sist in this dialogue gather together items listed in the lessons so far . e.g. cu ' kodaa 1 i' waa? AAsi' mu u axxre '? AAsi' kad i' lxe' mu? cu ' to 'e lxaagiri caidim? cu ' khabad banidim? kxoj a mu u axxre '? 24
LESSON 6
'On Buying Eggs ' 1. na 'ga phU ' mu waa? 'Do you have any eggs ?' 2. mu , (We) have. ' 3. ti'phUlaa' kadi ' jaa? 'How much does one cost? ' 4. ti 'phUlaa ' mxori ' yaa . 'For one, it costs one mohor. ' 5. eha bi 'yAA eyu 'phU pin 0 ' . , In that case, give me ten. ' 6. 0, na ', bod. mxui ' ngxa ' 'Yes, here, take them. That is Hs .
ta i ' . 5/- . 7. lu' pa isaa ' kin. , There take the money. ' 8. tam. 'O. K. '
NEW VOCABULARY na 'ga 'hen ' phU ' 'egg ' plbaa ' 'to give ' mxo r i ' 'one moho r' (50 pi ee) bobaa 'to take ' na ' 'here! ' -phU 'numerical class ifier on mxu i ' 'rupees ' eggs and other small , I u' 'here ! ' round obj ects ' klbaa ' 'to get ' pa isaa ' 'money '
NOTES
Line 3: ti 'phU laa': When counting obj ects the number one (1) rarely appears as gxri ' but ti ' followed by the numerical classifier appropri ate to the shape , size , or nature of the obj ect . (See numerical Clas sifier Ch art , Grammatical Table 4.) In this sentence the -Iaa ' suffix is a focus marker, 'as for '. Line 4: A mohor is a 50 pice co in of the Nepalese currency. One rupee
= 100 pice . In the hills , for amounts up to Rs . 10/- people often count by mohors . Line 5: The imperative -d / -n follows the verb stem . The -n form occurs on verb stems which have nasal vowels . The -d form occurs else wh ere .
BUILD-UP DR I LLS
1. mu waa7 'Is there (some thing) ?' phU ' mu waa7 , Are there eggs ?' na 'ga phU ' mu waa? 'Are there hen eggs?' 2. ka di ' jaa? 'How much (is it)?' ti 'phUlaa ' kadi ' jaa? 'How much fo r one (egg) ?' 25
' 3. pin 0 'PZease give . ' cyu ' phU pin 0 ' 'Please give 10. ' chabi 'yAA cyu ' phU pin 0 ' 'In that case, please give 10. ' 4. 0, na ', bod . '0. K. , here take (it). ' mxui ' ngxaa ' ta i. 'That is Rs . 5/- . 0, na ', bod . mxui ' ngxaa' 'O. K. Here, take them . That is Rs. ta i . 5/- .
SUBSTITUTION DRI LLS
1- t i ' phU pin 0 ' . 'Please give me one (egg) .' ngxl ' phU two sO ' phU three plxi 'phU ' fo ur cyu 'phU ten 2. ti'phUlaa' mxo r i ' yaa . 'One costs one mohor .' mxu i ' ngxa ' five rupees mxu i ' Txu ' six mxu i ' ng i ' seven mxu i ' pxre' eight mxu i ' ku ' nine 3. na 'ga phU ' mu waa7 'Do you have any eggs ?' aaba AAma a fa ther and mother? AAs i ' a sickle? kodaal i' a hoe? kxojaa a kukhr i knife ? daa la lentils? pattu' wi ld asparagus?
TRANSFORM DR ILLS
1- 'Do you have any eggs ? ' 'Is this an egg? ' na'ga phU ' mu waa7 cu ' na 'gu phU ' waa7
mxo r i ' mxu i ' 26
2. Indicative (past) Imperative , (I) took the money ' 'Take the money. ,
Nasal stem vowel pa isaa ' k 1 - 1 ' pa isaa ' kl- n na 'ga phU' p 1- 1 ' na 'ga phU ' pl-n
Oral stem vowel kxoj a banidi-i kxoja ban idi-d 51 ' tho'-j 5 i ' tho'-d kaE ca- i ' kaE ca-d 27
LESSON 7
, On Buying Rice ' 1. mlxa si ' mu waa7 'Do you have any husked rice?'
2. mu '(We ) have. I 3. tlmna 'laa kadi ' jaa7 'How much is it fo r one mana?' 4. tlmn a'laa mxo r sO 'ba ga o , It is three mohors for one mana. ' 5. nOga lai pyO 'no pin , P�ease give me one pa t hi. ' 6. na ', bxAADo ' to 'd 'Here, ho�d out your container. ' 7. lu', jxOn. 'Here, pour (it) in. ' 8. na ' mxui ', baa raa ru ' byAA mu . 'Here is the money . It is Rs . 12/-. ' 9. 0, tam. 'O. K. ' 10. Tid 0 ' 7 'Stay here, O.K.?' 11. 0, 0, chenle xyaad'. 'Yes. Go we �Z.
NEW VOCABULARY ml as i ' 'husked rice ' pyO 'no 'one pa th i ' (about one t I mna ' 'one mana' (about one gallon - 4.5. litres) pint ) to 'ba 'to ho�d out ' bxAADo ' 'container ' ru ' byAA 'rup€!es ' jxOba ' 'to pour in, to put in ' chenle 'we�� , (adv) Tibaa' 'to stay, dweH' xyaaba ' 'to go '
ADDITIONAL VOCABULARY muThi 'muthi (about a handfull) ' pad i ' pa thi (about 4.5. litres)' mxana ' ma na (about � litre)' mxu ri ' mur i (about 100 litres)' mlxa 'unhusked rice '
UN ITS OF VOLUME
10 muthi 1 mana 8 mana 1 pathi (4.5 . litres) 20 pathi 1 muri However the use of classifiers in counting frequently disguises the Nepali loan words . e.g. t i 'mna ' ek' mana pyO 'no pathi ngxl byO 2 pathi sO 'byO 3 pathi mxu r i I mur i sO 'mri 3 mu r i
POLITE FAREWELLS The normal means of saying 'good bye ' to one another when departing from a house is exemplified in lines 10 and 11. 28
BUI LD-UP DR I LLS l. kad i ' jaa1 'How much is it? ' ti 'mnaa'Ja kad i ' jaa1 'How much is one ma na? ' 2. pyO 'no pin. 'Give (me) a pa t hi. , ngaJai pyO 'no pin. 'Give me a pa t hi. , 3 . baa raa ru' pYAA mu. 'It is Rs . 12/- . , na ' mxu i ' . ' Here (is) the money . na ' mxu i ' . baaraa ru ' pyAA mu . 'Here (is) the money. It is Rs . 12/- . '
SUBSTITUT ION DR I LLS
1. timna ' Jaa mxo r sO 'bo ga o , It is three mohors for one mana. ' ngxlmnaJaa mxui ' sO '. Rs . 3/- for two mana. sOmna ' Jaa mxo r ku 'bo. nine mohors for three ma na. pyO 'noJaa mxui ' Txu'. Rs . 6/- for one pa thi. .2. ngaJai pyO 'no pin . 'prease give me one pathi. ' ngxl ' byO two pathi. cyu ' byO ten pathi . eghara pathi ereven pathi. mxu r i one mu ri. (twenty pa t hi)
TRANSFORMAT ION DR I LLS
1. Imperative Softened Imperative
Tid Tid 0 ' 'Stay. , 'prease stay . ,
to 'd to 'd 0 ' xyaad ' xyaad 0 ' cad cad 0 ' jxOn ' jxOn 0 ' pin pin 0 ' kin kin 0 '
2. Request Response
'prease give (me ) the money . , 'Here! Take the money . , pa isaa ' pin 0 ' . na ' pa i saa' kin.
na 'ga phU ' mJxa mJ xas i ' 29
LESSON 8
'On Buying Mi Zk ' 1. ngxe cU'ba mu u, axrxe '7 'Do you sell milk or not?' 2. to 'e ngxe7 'Which sort of mi lk? ' 3. ma ' gi l aa. 'Buffalo 's. (mi Zk) ' 4. mu. 'We have (some) .' 5. tim naa'laa kad i ' jaa7 'How much is a mana? ' 6. mxo r sO 'bo ga o 'It is three mohors. '
7. caUthE ' sO' pin 0 ' • 'Give me 3/4 (ma na) please. ' 8. tam, pi syo ' . '0. K. , I will certainly give. ' 9. mxu i ' gxr i ' se' ngxi sxyu 'Here is Rs . 1/20. Take it. ' pa isa a' . naa ' . kin.
NEW VOCABULARY
ngxe 'milk ' cU'ba , se l.l.ing , ma 'gi '(E) maai buffalo ' caUthE ' , 1/4 ' ngxlsyu '20 '
ADDITIONAL VOCABULARY
egxaara ' 11 ' soraa '16 ' ba r ra ' 12' satara '17' te' raa ' 13' aThara '18 ' cauda ' 14 ' unnaa is '19 ' pandra ' 15'
NOTES
Line 8: Plsy o' : The syo ' suffix is used only in the 1st person and is an emphatic future marker . Line 9: mxui ' gxri ' se ' ngxi syu pa isa. The use of se ' as a conj unction is unique to number phrases .
BUILD-UP DR I LLS
1. ngxe cU 'ba. 'Se Hing miZk. ' mu u axxre '7 'Is there or not? ' ngxe cU'ba mu u axxre '7 'Do you sell mi lk or not?'
2. mxu i ' gxr i ' . 'One rupee. ' mxu i ' gx r i ' se ngxlsyu pa isa' 'That is one rupee and 20 pice. mu. mxu i ' gxr i ' se ngxlsyu pa isa' 'That is one rupee and 20 pice. mu . na ' kin. Here, take it. ' 30
SUBSTITUT ION DRILLS
1. ngxe cU 'ba mu u axxre '? 'Is mi �k so�d or not?' ml xa s i ' husked rice na 'ga phU ' hen eggs daala �enti�s 2. mxui ' gxri ' se ngxl syu pa isa' 'Tha t is Rs . 1/2 0. ' mu . ngxa ' se sOj yu ' Rs . 5/30 pxre ' se pand ra Rs . 8/15 ku ' se ngxl syu Rs . 9/20
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
l. Non past Emphat ic future (1st p. sing . )
ngad plm. ngad pi syu ' . 'I wi n give (it) . ' 'I wi n certain�y give (it) . '
ngad kim. ngad k I syo ' • kham. khasyo ' . ban idim. banidisyo' .
j xOm' . jxOsyo ' • 31
LESSON 9
'About Your Home ' 1. dx l ' khani 'r jaa, kx ila a? 'Where is your home ?' 2. nga'e dxl ' asTrel iyaar mu . 'In Australia. ' 3. kad i' d i nbae gxyAA ' mu? 'How many days travel is it? ' 4. xaawaa ' jxaasa 'r xyaadu ' biyAA 'If you go in a plane you arrive in ngx igaE sOga 'Er phenmu . two or three days. ' 5. lxe'n xrEgo munaa '. , It 's very far then. ' 6. 0, xrEgon mu . 'Yes. it 's far indeed. ' 7. lu'di, nga xyaam, bindi mu . 'Well. I'm going. Goodbye. ' 8. 0, O. xyaad. , Yes. O. K. Go . '
NEW VOCABULARY dxl' (E) tl 'house ' gxyAA ' 'road ' xaawaa ' 'air ' jxaasa ' 'vehicle ' phebaa ' 'to arrive ' xrEgo , far' -ga'E 'numeral classifier for days '
ADDITIONAL VOCABULARY ng i 'we (excluding addressee) , ngxyo ' (E) ngyO 'we (including addressee)'
NOTES
Line 4: -du' biyAA (or -syAA or -yAA ) is a conditional aspect particle, 'if'. phenmu : The suffix -n (or -ne) following the stem phe indicates that the action involves 'going ' as well. e.g. cxaa thU'-ne 'Go and drink tea '. Line 5: lxe'n: The -n suffix on lxe' is an emphatic particle, as also on xrEgo in line 6.
BU ILD-UP DR I LLS
1. khan i'r jaa7 'Where is it? ' dxl ' khan i'r jaa7 'Where is the house ?' dx l ' khani 'r jaa, kx ila a7 'Where is your house? ' 2. asTrel iyaar mu . 'It is in Austra lia. , dxl ' asTrel iyaar mu . 'The house is in Australia. ' nga'e dx l ' asTrel iyaar mu . 'My house is in Australia. ' 3. ngxlg aE sOga 'Er phenmu . '(You) arrive in two or three days. '
xyaadu ' biyAA ngxlgaE sOgaEr 'If you go you will arrive in two 01' phenmu . three days. ' 32
xaawaa ' jxaasa 'r xyaadu' blyAA 'If you go on a pLane you wiLL arrive ngxlgaE sOgaEr phenmu . in two or three days. ' 4. bindimu . 'Good-bye. ' nga xyaam. bindimu. , I'm going. Good-bye. ' lu'di. nga xyaam. bindimu. 'WeLL. I'm going . Good-bye .'
SUBSTITUTION DR I LLS 1. dxl ' khani 'r jaa kx ila a? 'Where is your house ?' desa country ? nAA'sa 'viLLage ? 2. nga'e dxl ' asTrel iyaar mu . 'My house is in AustraLia. ' kx ie Your ca 'e His kxemaEe' Your (pI) ng i 'e Our (incl) ngxyo 'e Our (excI) 3. lxe'n xrEgo munaa '. 'I see it is very far away. ' 1 I 'ba tasty. 4. xaawaa ' jxaasa 'r xyaadu ' biyAA 'Is is O. K. if you go in an aeropLane. ' tam. Tidu' stay jxOdu ' put (it) in bodu ' bring (it) banididu' make it
TRANSFORMAT ION DR I LLS
1. Indicative +ne Imperative +ne
canem / canmu 'I wi LL go and eat ' cane 'Go and eat '
cxaa thU ' nmu / thU ' nem. cxaa thU'ne. , (I) am going to drink tea. , 'Go and drink tea. , ngxe cU ' nmu / cU ' nem. ngxe cUneo , (I) am going to seLL mi Zk. ' 'Go and seLL mi Lk. ' 33
LESSON 10
'On Buying Wine ' 1. paa ' mu7 'Do you have wine ?' 2. mu '(We ) have. ' 3. ka d i ' I I 'b mu7 'How tasty is it? ' 4. beseri II 'ban mu . kad i ' 'It is very tasty . How much is ca i d i i 7 needed? ' 5. bodol ngxld e' pi nd i . 'Give me about two bottles. '
6. na I , bod . 'There, take (them) .' 7. kad i ' Ixaudi i7 'How much do they cost? ' 8. bodol gxri laa' mxu i ' sO' yaa . 'It is Rs . 3/- for a bottle. ' 9. chab i 'yAA mxu i ' Txu ' I xa i d i i . 'Therefore tha t wi ll cost Rs . 6/- . na I, kin. There, take it. '
NEW VOCABULARY paa ' 'wine ' bodo l 'bottle ' Ixaudiba 'to cost ' -de' 'approximately '
NOTES
Line 5: plndi: -di (or -sidi ,) suffix softens the imperative .
BU ILD-UP DR I LLS
1. Il'b an mu . 'It is tasty . , beseri II'ban mu. 'It is ver>y tasty . , beseri II'ban mu . kad i' 'It is very tasty. How much is ca i d i i 7 needed? ' 2. mxui ' sO' yaa. 'It is Rs . 3/- . , bodol gxrilaa' mxui ' sO ' yaa. 'For one bo ttle it is Rs. 3/-. ' 3 . na ', kin. 'There, take it. ' mxui ' Txu ' Ixaidii. na ', kin. 'Tha t will be Rs . 6/- . There, take it. ' chabi 'yAA mxui ' Txu ' Ixaudi i. 'In that case, that will be Rs . 6/- . There, take it. '
SUBSTITUTION DR ILLS
1. kad i ' I I 'ba mu7 'How tasty is it? ' xrEgo far Ixe' many are they? 2. Bodol ngxld e' pi ndi . 'Please give me about two bottles. ' sO'de three ngxade ' five pxrede' eight 3 4
3. bodol gxri laa' mxu I' sO' yaa ' For 1 botHe it i8 R8 . 3/- . ' mlxa timna laa' 1 mana mlxa pyO 'nolaa ' 1 pa thi
tiphUlaa ' 1 egg (01' smaZZ round object)
QUESTION-ANSWER DR ILL
1. Q: ka di ' II 'ba mu? A: beseri II 'ban mu . erEgo Ixe'
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
1. Normal Imperative (instruction) Softened Imperatives (instructions )
-n / -d -0 ' -di - 5 i - 5 i d i '
Nasal Stem Vowe l pin plno' plndi pin5 i pins i d i ' kin j xOn cUn
Oral Stern Vowel ca d cado' cadd i cads i cadsidi' xyaad to 'd tho'd banidid Tid 35
LESSON 11
'On Buying Bananas ' 1. mxajaa ' mu waa7 'Do you have bananas?' 2. mu . , (We) have. ' 3. to ' kisimba 'e mxaj aa ' mu7 'Wha t kind of bananas do you have?' 4. kxUDe mxaj aa ' mu . 'We have munde bananas .' (a fat , stumpty variety ). 5. mxori 'laa kad i' kosaa' plmu7 'How many do you give for a mohor?' 6. ngxi gyO plm. 'We give two . ' 7. chabi'yAA cyu 'gyO pin. , In that case give me ten. ' 8. 0, 0, mxo r ngxabo ' lxaudi i. '0. K. , that will cost five mohors. ' 9. naa ' pa isa a' . , Here 's the money. ' 10 . nge' ! 'Oh! '
NEW VOCABULARY mxajaa ' 'banana ' kosaa ' 'units ' (long thin obj ects ) mxUDe 'k. o, banana ' -gyO 'numeral classifier for long nge' 'yes ' (Oh! I see) thin obj ect s' kis imba 'e 'kind of ' -bo 'numeral classifier for mohors and other small round things '
BUI LD-UP DRI LLS
1. to ' mu7 'What is there?' to ' kisimba 'e mxaj aa ' mu7 'What kind of bananas do you have ?' 2. kad i' kosaa ' plmu7 'How many do you give?' mxori ' laa kadi ' kosaa ' plmu7 'How many do you give fo r a mohor? ' 3. cyu 'gyO pin. 'Give me ten. (bananas)' chabi'y AA cyu 'gyO pin. , In that case give me ten. (bananas)'
NOTES
Line 3 : to ' kisimba 'e mxajaa ' is a variant form of to'e mxaj aa' 'What kind of bananas ?'
SUBSTITUTION DR I LLS
1. to ' kisimba 'e mxaj aa ' mu7 'What kind of bananas do you have ?' daa la lentils ml xas i ' uncooked rice dx I' house gxyAA ' road xaawaa' jxaasa ' plane 36
2. ngxlgyO ' plm 'We give 2 (bananas, cigarettes) , ngxlmna ' 2 (manas) ngxlbyO ' 2 (pathis) ngxlga'E 2 (days) ngxl p hU ' 2 (eggs, small fruit, coins) ngxlbo' 2 (mo hors, small bowls, larger items than objects using -phU ')
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
'What kind of? '
to 'e mxaj aa ' mu1 to ' kisimba 'e mxaj aa ' mu1
Txaa phU ' m 1 xa s i ' ngxe 3 7
LESSON 12
'On Buying a Fow� ' 1. na 'ga mu waa7 'Do you have a fow�? ' 2. bxaale' u yOmAA '7 'A rooster or hen? ' 3. bxaa le' ba . 'A rooster, indeed. ' 4. mu . ka di ' thebbrE ' ca idii7 'We have. How big a one is needed? ' 5. Thi 'kka xyaabaa'. 'Jus t average . ' 6. 0 ' ca ' tam maa7 'Is that one O. K. ?' 7 . 0, cxo theb muyAA ' tam. sa 'e 'Yes, if there is one that big it kad i' ja7 wou �d be O.K. How much is the price ?' 8. te' raa ru ' byAA . 'Rs . 13/-. ' 9. tam, na ' pa i saaq. 'O. K. , here 's the money. ' 10. 0, khwe' . '0. K. , give it. '
NEW VOCABULARY
bxaale' 'rooster ' yOmAA ' 'fema�e ' thebbrE ' 'big ' Th i ' kka 'average, O. K., right ' sa 'e 'price ' cxo 'thus, that ' khwe ' 'Give it! ' ba 'indeed '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY
cyugu' thi ri ' 'sma � � , cisi r i ' 'sma�� '
NOTES
Line 2: bxaa le' u yOmAA '7 The u particle characterises this as an alternative type question (J. Glover 1969 :40- 1) . Line 3: ba : Another emphatic form of the verb 'to be ' (cf. ga , ya). Line 4: thebbrE ': the -brE suffix is common on adj ectival stems , but occurs also on active stems to denote habitual action: thU'brE lam 'he is repeated�y drinking '.
SUBSTITUT ION DR I LLS
l. bxaa le' u yOmAA '7 'A rooster or a hen? ' daa la u pattu '7 'Lenti �s or asparagus ?' kaama 'E u txulmaE7 'B�acksmi ths or tai�ors ?' kodaal i' u AAs i '7 'A hoe or a sick�e?' kodaal i' u kxoj a7 'A hoe or a kukhri knife?' cxa u caml '7 'Son or daughter?' AAma u aaba7 'Mother or fa ther?' 38
2. 0 cxo theb muyAA ' tam. , Yes being that big it is o. K. ' 1 I 'b tasty xrEgo far cisiri / cyugu'thiri sma H
TRANSFORM DRILL
l. The use of u 'or '
bxaa le' u yOmAA ' . bxaa le' cU'ba u yOmAA ' cU'ba. , 'rooster or hen. , seHing a roos ter or seHing a hen. '
daa la u pattu' kodaa l i' u AAs i ' kodaal i' U kxoja na 'ga phU ' u ngxe 39
LESSON 13
'On Buying Kerosene ' 1. te 'l mu waa? 'Do (you) have oiL?' 2. caba 'e te 'l u, mroba 'e te ' laa? 'Eating oiL or Lighting oiL?' 3. mroba 'e te ' laa 'Lighting oiL ' 4. mu . kadi ' ca idi i7 '(We ) have. How much is needed? ' 5. ngx l mna ' pIn. 'Give me two ma nas. 6. mxui ' plxi ' Ixaudii. 'That wiLL cost Rs. 4/-. ' 7. 0, 0, na ' paisa a'. 'O. K. , here 's the money. 8. tam khwe '. '0. K. , give it. ' 9. Tid 0', nga xyaam'. 'Stay here, I'm going. ' 10 . 0, 0, xyaad '. 'O. K. , go. '
NEW VOCABULARY
mroba 'e 'Lighting ' te' laa 'oiL'
NOTES
Line 2: caba 'e te'l 'eating oiL ': another illustration of the relative clause, introduced in Lesson 3. The fluctuation of final vowel (te' l / te'la a) is very common .
BUILD-UP DRI LLS
1. caba 'e te'l u7 'Eating oiL or (what) ?' ca ba ' e te'l u mroba 'e te' 17 'Eating oiL or Lighting oiL? ' 2. nga xyaam' . 'I 'm going. , Tid 0' , nga xyaam' . 'Stay, O. K. ? I'm going.
SUBST ITUT ION DR I LLS
1. caba 'e te' l u mroba 'e te 'Ia a7 'Eating oiL or Lighting oiL?' caba 'e sa 'e u mroba 'e sa 'e? 'Eating thing or a Lighting thing? ' tho' bae chopping thing? kha 'Ebae cutting thing?
REVIEW
1. As this lesson has no new grammatical items in it, the student can use the opportunity for review of all the lessons so far learnt . In preparation for the review the student should assemb le the necessary props : Lesson 1, 2. Food stuffs . LQ
Lesson 3, 4. Hoe , sickle , kukhri knife . Lesson 6-11 . Eggs , rice, milk, bananas , wine . Plus a good variety of money . ;2 . Go over each of the lessons as action dialogues with your teacher . You should by now have committed the lessons to memory . Pay careful attention to the intonation of the utterances . Try to attain the speed natural to Gurung speakers. 3. Using the same props and limiting the voca bulary to that introduced in the lessons and drills , converse with your teacher in Gurung . Take parts , such as shopkeeper and customer, and simp ly talk together nat urally . Where there is more than one student in the class, have con versations bet ween students in Gurung . 4. Try to begin conversation with greetings typically used such as in Lessons 1 and 2 and in 'Conversational Openers '. Include in yo ur con versation questions about the fami ly of your language assistant . Encourage him to ask you about yours . 41
LESSON 14
'On Buying BZaak Lenti Zs ' 1. maa 'sa mu waa7 'Do you have any bZaak ZentiZ? ' 2. mu . '(We ) have. ' 3. timn a'laa kadi ' jaa7 'How muah is it for one mana? ' 4. paa 'n sugaa ' yaa . 'It is five sukas (Rs . 1.25 ). ' 5. Txumna pln o'. 'FZease give me six manas. ' 6. o. mxui ' ngi 'se mxoraa 'O. K. , that wiU aost Rs . 7/50. ' 1 xa i d i i . 7 . na ' sidi ', pa isaa ' kin. , There, take the money . ' 8. 0, O. phe'ri ca idiy AAq kho ' 'O.K. If you need more, aome again 0'7 won 't you? ' 9. ca ididu' biyAA nga cu ' rna , If I need more I wi Z Z aome HERE. ' kham.
NEW VOCABULARY maa 'sa 'bZaak ZentiZs ' paa 'n suga' 'five sukas ' (Nepali ) kho' , aome (imp.)'
NOTES
Line 4: paa 'n suga': This is a Nepali number phrase . It should be observed that Nepali numerals and numb er phrases are frequently used in the Gurung language . There are four sukas to the rupee . Line 8: kho' : An irregular imperative form of khabaa ' 'to aome '. Line 9: The -na suffix on CUi expresses emphasis .
BUILD-UP DR ILLS
1. pa isaa' kin. 'Take the money. ' na ' sidi ' pa i saaq kin. , Here, take the money. ' 2. mxui' ng i' lxaidii. 'That aosts seven rupees. mxui ' ng i's e mxo raa lxaidii. 'That aosts seven rupees, one mohor. ' O. mxui ' ngi 'se mxo raa 'Yes. That wiZZ aost seven rupees 1 xa i d i i . and one moho r . ' 3. kho ' 0' 7 'Do aome, won 't you? ' phe'ri caidiyAAq kho ' 0'7 'If you need some more aome again, won 't you? ' 0, o. phe'ri ca idiy AA ; kho ' 'O.K. If you need some more ao me 0'7 again, won 't you? ' 4. nga kham. , I wi Z Z aome . ' nga cu ' rna kham. 'I wi ZZ aome HERE.' ca ididu' biyAA nga cu ' rna kham. 'If I do need Bome I wiZZ aome HERE.' 42
SUBSTITUT ION DR ILLS
1. mxui ' ngxl ' se' mxo ra lxaidii. 'It costs Rs . 2/50. ' ngxa ' se' suka 5/25. gxri ' se' ti 'n suka 1/75. ti 'n skka -/75. eghaara ' ru ' byAA se' mxori . 11/50. mxui ' sO' se' mxori . (or) mxo r n 9 i ' bo . 3/50. 2. ca ididu' biyAA nga cu' rna kham. 'If it is needed I wi n come HERE. ' caq he ngxyoq we (incl) ng i we (excl) ca 'maE they
TRANSFORM DR ILLS
l. Alternate forms of 'if' construction
-yAA -du' biyAA ' -syAA '
ca idiyAA ' kho ' 0 ' ca ididu' biyAA ; kho ' 0 ' ca idisyAA ; kho ' 0 ' . 'If you need (it) please come . ,
lxaudiyAA ' tho'yAA ' cU 'yAA '
2. Emphatic -na on nouns and pronouns
, I will come here . ' 'I will come HERE. , nga cu' r i kham. nga cu ' rna kham.
ca ' r i ca ' rna dx I ' r i dx I ' rna nAA'sa nAA'sarna gxyAA' r gxyAA 'rna 43
LESSON 15
'Repairing the Wa ter System ' 1. to 'e sa 'e ja, Thaagu7 'What kind of thing is that, First Born-Son? ' 2. cu' aa7 'You mean this?' 3. axngxl ', yorbaa'. 'No, what you have in your hand. ' 4. cu ' jaal i yaa. 'It is a wire mesh. ' 5. khan i'r bomu7 'Where are you taking it? ' 6. ta Tyangki ' ri . 'Up to the tank. ' 7. jxOba ' u7 'To put it in (the tank) or what ?' 8. o. cu' jxOdu' biyAA axnxO . 'Yes. If you put this in, it won 't break. ' 9. chabi'y AA jxO'thEn. dxa rma ' 'If that be the case, put it in. You kham. wiH gain credit (reZigious) . ' 10 . 0, jxO'thEnmu . 'I wiH go and put it in. '
NEW VOCABULARY
Thaagu 'First-Born Son ' j a al i 'net mesh, mantLe (of ta 'up (directional )' pressure Lantern) ' yo 'hand ' Tyangk i ' 'tank ' thEbaa' 'to put down, to pLace in ' nxOba 'to break ' dxarma ' 'merit (religious )'
NOTES
Line 7: jxObaa ' u: the second part of the alternate question is deleted. The speaker is often not sure of an alternative and therefore leaves the question open ended . Line 10 : jxO'thEnmu: is an example of a compound verb stem. Sometimes , as in the examp le in this lesson, stems are almost synonymous and the comp ounding simp ly gives emphas is . Otherwise a close chronological sequence is being expressed e.g. cakho ' 'come, eat '. jxO'thEnmu the -n in fix is the motion suffix 'go and . . . ' (see Lesson 9).
BUILD-UP DRI LLS
1. to'e sa 'e jaa7 'What is that thing? ' to 'e sa 'e jaa Thaagu7 'What is that thing Last-born Brother? ' 2. 0, axnxO . 'Yes it won 't break. ' 0, cu ' jxOdu ' biyAA axnxO . 'Yes, if you put this in it won 't break. ' 44
3. jxO'thEn. 'Do put it in. , chabi'y AA jxO'thEn. 'In that case. do put it in. chabi'y AA jxO'thEn. dxa rma ' 'In that case, do put it in. You 'll kham. get merit. '
SUBSTITUTION DR I LLS
1. cu ' j aa Ii yaa . 'This is a wire mesh. ' kodaal i' hoe. AAs i ' sickle. kxoj aa kukh ri knife . bxAADo ' container. pha rgu an upright for a cattle shelter. ma 'gi a buffa lo . bodol botHe. mxajaa ' banana. 2. ta Tyanki ' ri. 'Up there to the tank. ' desari ' country (foreign). dx I r i ' house. nAA'sari vi llage . 3. 0, cu ' jxOdu ' biyAA axnxO ' . 'Yes, if (you) put this in. it won 't break. ' kha 'Edu cut tho'du chop tadu ' is O.K.
TRANSFORM DR ILLS
1. Alt ernate Question Indicative/Negative
j xOm' u7 jxOm ' u axjxO'7 'Are you putting it in or 'Are you putting it in or not what? ' putting it in? '
cam u7 xyaam' u7 lam u7
2. Two Forms of Alternate Question u
jxOba ' u7 jxOba ' u ThEbe jaa7 'Are you putting it in or what? 'Are you putting it in or leaving it? '
cU ' baa u7 klb jaa7 klbaa' u7 cU 'b jaa7 plbaa' u7 klb jaa7 ban idiba u7 nxOb jaa7 45
LESSON 16
'A Trip to Pokhara ' 1. khan i' xyaalaa'7 'Where have you been?' 2. pukhru xyaalau'. 'I have been to Pokhara. ' 3. khoyO xyaalaa'7 'When did you go? ' 4. tiyAA 'm ngxagaE tai. 'Today it 's fi ve days (ago) .' 5. to ' kxer' xyaalaa7 'On what work did you go? ' 6. caja klb a'r xyaalau' . 'To get salt. ' 7 . toe kO ' munaa '7 'What price was it? ' 8. mxo r ngxabo' ro , pyO'nOlaa. 'They said five mohors, for a pathi .' 9. sigreT khaile munaa '7 'What price (lit. how ) were cigarettes? ' 10 . cur aaDaa' ka 'tti axxre '. 'There were no cigarettes at all. '
NEW VOCABULARY
khoyO 'when ' tiyAA ' 'today ' caja 'salt ' kO ' 'price ' sigr eT 'cigarette ' curaaDaa ' 'cigarette ' khaile 'how ' ro 'reported speech '
NOTES
Line 1: -laaq: This suffix on the verb represents a pluperfect aspect expressing action completed prior to some past point of time . Alternate forms of this suffix are -1 and -lau'. The latter is only used in 1st person response to questions , Line 2. Line 4: The -m suffix on tiyAA ' gives emphasis as shown in Lesson 4.
Line 6: caja klba'r 'to buy salt ': the -r suffix on the verb expresses the purpose of a particular action . Line 8: ro : a particle which marks reported speech. It is often used by the speaker to disclaim personal responsibility for a statement . In this sentence pyO 'nOlaa 'for 1 pathi ' has been added as an afterthought to clarify the meaning . With usual word order this sentence would read pyO 'nOlaa mxo r ngxabo' ro o Line 10 : ka 'tti axxre '; Here the question word ka 'tti 'how much ' is not used to seek information but rather to express emphasis (J. Glover 1969) .
BU ILD-UP DR I LLS
1. ngxagaE tai. 'Five days have elapsed. ' tiyAA 'm ngxagaE ta i. 'Today, five days have elapsed. ' 46
2. mxor ngxabo '. '5 mohors. ' mxo r ngxabo' ro o 'They said (it was) 5 mohors. ' mxo r ngxabo' ro pyO'nOlaa. 'They said (it was) 5 mohors for a pa t hi. ' 3. curaaOa ' axxre '. 'There were no cigarettes. ' curaaOa ' ka 'tti axxre' . 'There were abso lutely no cigarettes. '
SUBSTITUTION DR I LLS
1. tiyAA 'm ngxagaE ta i. 'Today fi ve days have elapsed. ' TxugaE six days ngiga'E seven days t i ga ' E one day kuga 'E nine days 2. to' kxer' xyaala'7 'In what work did you go ?' ca idiba is it needed. bobaa are you taking it. 3. caja klb a'r xyaalaa' 'I want to buy salt. ngxe cU 'bar se ll mi lk. j ali j xO b a ' r put in the mesh. ch i kha 'Ebar cut grass. 51 ' tho'bar chop wood. phargu tho'bar chop poles. kaE caba ' r eat rice. na 'ga phU ' klba'r get hen eggs. 4. mxo r ngxabo ' ro 'They said (it was) 5 mohors. ' pukh ru ' xyaam' (they were) going to Pokhara. paa 'n suga ' (it was) 5 sukkas. caja klba'r xyaam (they were) going to buy salt.
QUEST ION-ANSWER DR ILLS
1. Q: to ' laba'r xyaam7 A: caja klba'r xyaam. 'For doing what are you going? ' '(I 'm) going to buy salt. ' sigreT 'cigarettes ' maa 'sa 'black lentiZs '
TRANSFORM DRILLS
1. khan i ' xyaalaa'7 khyO xyaa laa'7 'Where di d you go ?' 'When did you go?'
kl 1aa' jxOlaa' mrOlaa' 47
2. caja k 11au ' caja klba'r xyaa lau' 'I bought satt. ' , I went to buy satt. '
maa 'sa te 'l mxajaa paa
3. Indicative Reported Speech
, 'It is Rs . 5/- for a pa th i • 'It is Rs . 5/- for a pathi, they pyO'nOlaa mxo r ngxabo' . said. ' pyO 'nOlaa mxo r ngxabo' roo
curaaDa ' ka t t i axxre' pukhru ' xyaa laa' Tyangki 'ri born timn a'laa paa 'n sugaa '
4. Pluperfect Past Tense Final
'He went to Pokhara. , 'He 's gone to Pokhara . , pukhru ' xyaalaa'. pukhru ' xyaai.
pa ttu' ca laa' tiyAA ' kha laa' J Ij 8
ESSON 17
'Buying Ma tches ' 1. khan i' xyaam', kanch i 1 'Where are you going, Youngest Sister? ' 2. dugAAna r xyaam'. 'To the shop . ' 3. to ' laba'r xyaamu '1 'What to do ?' 4. sale' klba'r xyaam' . 'To get matches . ' 5. sale' khAA 'xyaal' waa1 'The Ma tches are completely finished, are they?' 6. 0, khAA 'xyaa i'. , Yes, completely finished. ' 7. sale' ma ttre' klnmu u1 'Are you going to buy only matches
01' (what) ?' 8. sale' nego ' turi te 'la kim. 'Matches and mustard oiL ' 9. mxaar chyugu' axca ' waa1 'Don 't you eat butter? ' (Lit : gold ghee. ) 10. axc a' , axtO' . '(I) don 't eat (it), (I) don 't like it. '
NEW VOCABULARY dugAAna 'shop ' sale' 'matches ' khAA'ba 'to finish ' t uri 'mustard ' mxaara 'gold ' hence yellow chyugu ' 'clarified butter ' chyugu' 'butter ' nego ' (ne ro ', nebae ') 'and ' tObaa ' 'to like '
NOTES
Line 5: khAA 'xyaaba '; the juxtaposition of the verb xyaaba ' 'to go ' in the compound verbal cons truction is used as an emphatic device . It carries a passive meaning except in the combination boxyaa i' where the juxtaposition is a literal chronological sequence . Not all verbs can be emphasised in this way - the student will need to observe the con texts in which this juxtaposition is used in this particular dialect area. Line 8: nego ' is a conj unction joining nouns or noun phrases . It should be noted that the conj unction can be omitted in the co-ordinate noun phrase as in lines 7 , 8, 9 of Lesson 5. With some speakers , nego ' becomes nero' or neba 'e. Line 10 : Note the deletion of both subject and obj ect in both clauses. 49
BU ILD-UP DR I LLS
1. turi te 'la kim. 'I'm buying mustard oi'l.' sale' nego ' turi te 'la kim. 'I'm buying matches and mustard oi L '
2. sa le' klnmu u7 'Are you going to buy matches 01' (what) ?' sale' ma ttre' klnmu u7 'Are you going on'ly to buy matches
01' (what) ?' 3. axca ' waa? 'Don 't (you) eat? ' chyugu ' axca ' waa? 'Don 't (you) eat c'larified butter? ' mxaar chyugu' axca ' waa? 'Don 't (you) eat ye'l'low c'larified butter? '
SUBSTITUTION DR I LLS
1. dugAAna r xyaam'. 'I' m going to the shop . ' dx I r i ' house. desari ' coun try (India) . Tyangk i ' r tank. 2. sale' nego ' turi te 'la kim. 'I'm buying matches and mustard oiL ' na 'ga phU ' eggs . maa 'sa b'lack 'lentiZs. curaaDaa ' cigarettes . 3. mxaar chyugu' axca ' waa7 'Don 't you eat butter? ' pattu ' asparagus ? daala 'lentiZs? kaE cooked rice ? mxaj aa' bananas?
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
1. Minus emphasis Plus -xyaaba (emphasis)
, Are the matches fi nished? ' , Are the matches comp'lete'ly sale' khAA I' waa7 fi nished? ' sale' khAA ' xyaa i ' waa 7
sale' cU '1 waa7 sale' bo i ' waa7 50
2. Co-ordinate Noun Phrase without nego ' with nego '
'I 'm buying matches (and) mus tard 'I 'm buying matches and oiL ' mus tard oi Z. ' sa le' t uri te' 1 a kim. sa le' nego ' tu r i te ' 1 a kim.
mrObae te' 1 a na 'ga phU ' maa 'sa caja 51
LESSON 18
'Going to Ge t Eggs ' 1. khani ' xyaa la' kanch i7 'Where have you been, Youngest Sister? '
2. na 'ga phU ' mxaebari. • To look for eggs . ' 3. yO l ' waa7 'Did you get them? ' 4. 0, yO I'. 'Yes, I got them. ' 5. ka d i' I xe ' k I I d i ' 7 'And how many di d you get?' 6. cyu ' phU mattre'. 'Only ten. ' 7. aa rgo' i kim maa7 'Will you buy others also?' 8. tiyAA ' cxaga muyAA ' tam. 'Being that many today, it 's enough. ' 9. pxana liUI bxam' 0'7 'Shall I bring them in a few days?' 10 . 0, 0 bxau'. 'Yes, bring them. '
NEW VOCABULARY mxaeba 'to search, look for ' bxau' 'imperative of bxaba' cxaga 'that much ' aargo' 'other ' Ii 'behind, beyond ' pxana/pxanaga 'tomorrow ' bxaba ' 'to bring (from a lower UI 'in the direction of' or level altitude) .
NOTES
Line 2: Note the deletion of xyaala'u in this response. Line 5: -di ': sentence conjunction (cf. Lesson 5). Line 8: -yAA ' on the verb 'to be ' carries a simi lar conditional aspect to the -du biyAA of Lesson 9. However, here it is best translated 'since I have this many, that 's enough '. Line 9: pxana I iUI : Here the literal meaning is 'beyond tomorrow ' is translated more freely as in a few days '. The -UI or -Uldi ' locative case particle can also be used spatially as well as temporally . (See G. Table 1.) e.g. dxl ' I iUdi ' 'In the direction behind the house '.
BUILD-UP DR I LLS
1. cxa ga muyAA ' tam. 'Being that many, that 's enough. ' t i yAA ' cxaga muyAA ' tam. 'To-day since I have that many, that 's enough. ' 2. bxam' 0'7 'Shall I bring (them) ?' pxa na liUI bxam ' 0'7 'I 'll bring (them) in a few days time. O. K. ?' 52
SUBSTITUT ION DRI LLS
1. kadi ' lxe' kl ldi '1 'How many/muah did you buy?' ca i d i '1 eat? bo idi1 take? cU' I d i 1 sen? pl ldi '1 give?
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
l. Location
'at, in ' - r i 'beyond ' 1 i U I
'It is in the house. , 'It is beyond the house. , dxl ' - r i mu . dxl ' 1 i U I mu.
Tyaangki-ri mu. dugAAna-r i mu . gxyAA- ri ' mu .
2. Irregular Imperatives
, I '1.1. bring them, O. K. ?' 'Yes, yes . Bring them. ' bxam' 0'1 '0, 0, bxau' .
kham 0'1 kho ' plm 0'1 khwe ' (pIn also used ) kIm 0'1 na ' (kIn also used, see lesson 14, Line 7) I 53
LESSON 19
'How OLd Are Your ChiLdren ?' 1. kx ie cxa ka di ' barsa ta i '? 'How oLd is your son? ' 2. ku 'dl ta i. 'Nine. ' 3. caml 'di? 'And your daughter? ' 4. Txud l' ta i. 'She 's six. ' 5. cxae Ixo to ' jaa? 'What year (of the tweLve-year cycLe) is your son's?' 6. pralo yaa , yogaara Ixo. 'He 's the monkey year. ' 7. caml ' I d i ' ? 'And your daughter 's (year) ?' 8. pholo yaa . phoe I xo . 'The year of the anteLope. ' 9. cxa nego ' caml ' I xo kad i ' 'How many years diffe rent are your pha 'rag jaa? son and daughter?' 10 . I xo sO ' pha ' rag yaa. 'Three years different. ' 11 . 0, O. 'Oh, yes.
NEW VOCABULARY
barsa 'year ' -dl 'year num. classifier ' Ixo 'years within 12 year pha 'rag 'different ' cy cLe ' ( See Appendix 2.) pho 'deer (anteLope) ' yogaara 'monkey '
NOTES Line 1: The use of taba ' Ita i' in this sentence demonstrates another use of the verb 'to be '. The meaning is 'How many years have happened to your son '. Line 5: The Ixo cycle is based on the 12 year cycle observed by Tibetans . A Gurung always knows which animal year he was born in and therefore it is possible to calculate the age of the villager . Sometimes it is difficult to know wh ich particular cycle to put people in be yond 25 years of age . e.g. A 40 year old man may pass for 28, or may look as old as 52 years . Line 5 and 7: The possessive particle is manifested as -I when the possessed noun is deleted .
BUILD-UP DRI LLS
1. kadi ' barsa ta i'? 'How many years have happened?' kxie cxa ka di ' barsa tai'? 'How many years have happened for your son? ' 2. to ' jaa? 'What is it? ' cxae Ixo to ' j aa7 'What year (of the 12 yr. cycLe) is your son? ' 5 4
3. kadl ' pha 'rag Jaa? 'How different is it? '
lxo ka d i' pharag jaa? 'How many years diffe rence is there? '
exa nego ' exam l lxo ka di ' 'How many years difference between
pha ' rag jaa? your son and your daughter? '
SUBST ITUT ION DR I LLS
1. kx ie exa ka di ' ba rsa ta l '? 'How oLd is your son? '
aaba fa ther?
AAma mo ther?
eaml ' daughter?
aanga ' younger sister?
aana oLder sister?
aa 1 I younger brother?
aada oLder bro ther?
2. praa 10 yaa . 'It is the year of the monkey . '
mubru ' 1 xo vuLture .
sab r I ' lxo snake.
exe 1 xo bird.
ta 1 xo horse.
to 1 xo tiger.
3 . ku '- dl ta l 'Nine years have happened. ' (He 's nine years oLd. )
ng I '- seven
ngxl '- two
prxe'- eight
t I '- one
4. kad I' barsa ta I ' ? 'How many years have happened? '
pha ' rag diffe rent is it?
xrEgo far is it?
1 I ' ba tas ty is it?
TRANSFORM DR ILL
1. Non-past Past
'(He) witt be three years oLd. ' 'Three years have happened. '
sO 'dl tam. sO 'dl ta I ' .
lxe' Tim
pukh ru ' xyaa 'm
slgreT kim
na 'ga phU ' mxaem 55
LESSON 20
'Why Did You Come to Our Vi t!age?' 1. bindi mu . 'Hetto. ' 2. bindi mu . 'Hetto. ' 3. kxi cu' nxepaal desar khai ' 'How many years sinae you aame to biri ' kad i' ba rsa ta i? Nepat? ' 4. ti 'dl mattre' ta i '. 'Onty one year. ' 5. kxi to 'e lxaagi r khab ja? 'For what have you aome?' 6. khaa 'gae prxu kxyu i' lubaa' , 'To tearn a tittte Nepati, and to tamuukxyu i' 1 ubaa ', chaaba ' na . tearn Gurung, tike that. ' 7. kxi ma ttre' kha l u, jahAAn 'Did onty you aome, or have you jaga i bxangngyU '? brought (your) fami ty ?' 8. nga nego ' nga'e prxEsyo ' 'Onty I and my bride-wife have aome . ' ma ttre' khai'. 9. pxasxi jaga axxre' waa? 'Don 't you have any ahitdren?' 10. axxre', ng i ngxl ' ma ttre' gaa . 'No, there 's onty us two. '
NEW VOCABULARY
prxu kxyu i' 'Nepati tanguage ' khaa 'gae 'a tittt e ' lubaa ' , to tearn ' tamu kxyui ' 'Gurung tanguage ' jahAAn 'fami ty ' chaaba 'na 'that 's att ' ngi 'we ( excl) ' j aga 'plural' prxEsyo ' 'wife (bride) '
NOTES
Line 7: -ngngyU ' / -imyU ' /-mU is a completive , perfect aspect on the verb stem. Note the -i emphatic particle on jaga . In this conversation there are sentences which are longer than those so far encountered . Pay careful attention to the intonation patterns of these longer sentences and try to imitate .
BUILD-UP DRI LLS
1. kadi ' barsa ta i'? 'How many years have happened? ' cu' nxepaa l desar khai' biri ' 'Sinae aoming to the aountry of Nepat, kadi ' ba rsa ta i'? how many years have happened? ' kx i cu' nxepaa 1 desa r kha i ' 'Sinae you have aome to this aountry biri ' kad i' barsa ta i'? of Nepat how many years have happened? ' 2. chaaba 'na. 'Just that. ' tamu kxyu i' 1 ubaa ' chaaba ' na . 'Just for tearning the Gurung tanguage. ' ')6
prxu kxyu l' lubaa'. tamu 'Just for Learning the NepaLi and the kxyu i' lubaa ' chaaba 'na. Gurung Language . ' khaa 'gae prxru kxyu i' lubaa'. 'Just for Learning a LittLe NepaLi tamu kxyu i; 1 ubaa '. chaaba ' na. and Gurung. '
3. kxi mattre' kha l u? 'Have you come aLone or what?' kxi ma ttre' khal u jahAAn 'Have you come aLone or have you j aga i bxangngyU '? brought your fami Ly?'
4. nga ma ttre' kha i '. 'I onLy have come . ' nga nego ' nga'e prxEsyo ' , I and my wife on Ly have come . ' ma ttre' khai '.
SUBSTITUTION DRI LLS
1. kx i to 'e lxaagir khab jaa? 'What is the purpose of your coming ?'
xyaab ' going? Tib staying? cU 'b seBing? bob taking (it) ?
2. khaa ' gae tamu kxyu i' l ubaa ' • 'Just to Learn a LittLe Gurung and pxru kxyu i' 1 ubaa '. chaaba ' na . Nepa Li. '
khaa 'gae na 'ga phU ' cU 'ba. 'Just to seLL a few eggs and miLk. ' ngxe cU'ba. khaa 'gae kaE cabaa '. daa la 'Just to eat a LittLe rice and cabaa ' . LentiLs. '
3. kxi ma ttre' kha l u jahAAn 'Did onLy you come or have you jaga i bxangngyU '? brought your fami Ly aLso?'
pxasxi chiLdren aam mothers (and aunts) aab fa thers (and unc les) aa 1 i younger bro thers aada oLder brothers aanga younger sisters aana oLder sisters 57
TRANSFORM DR ILL
l. Completive Past (final)
'My famHy have been brought. , 'My famHy were brought. ' jahAAn jaga i bxangngyU' . jahAAn jaga i bxa i ' .
ca i ngngyU ' xyaa 'ngngyU TingngyU 58
LESSON 21
'About a Chiaken-Enalosing Basket ' 1. khan i' xyaa laa ' axgxl '? 'Where have you been, Eldest Brother ?' 2. ubxapradxaan ngAAr i'. 'To the deputy Mayor 's house. ' ca ' to ' jaa? px i waa? 'What is that? A aarrying basket? ' 3. axngxl ', kurgu ' gaa . 'No, it 's a kurgu. ' 4. cu 'r ch i kha 'Eb waa? 'Do you aut grass in that?' 5. axngxl ', na 'ga cyu 'ba. 'No, it's for enaaging the ahiakens. ' 6. cu ' to 'l ban idim? 'Of what is this made ?' 7. mo 'l banidim. 'You make it of rattan. ' 8. mo ' khan i r yOm? 'Where is rattan available?' 9. bana r yOm. 'In the jungl e. '
NEW VOCABULARY axgx I' 'first born (oldest brother) ' ubxapradxaan 'deputy mayor (vil lage ngAA 'the plaae of-- ' level) ' ku rgu ' 'open weave basket for pxi 'open weave baak basket' penning ahiakens ' cyu 'ba 'to enalose, to pen in ' mo ' 'rattan ' bana 'bushy hi lly area, jungle, forest. '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY
Thaagu 'first-born male ' kanchi 'la st-born youngest female ' (properly, younger txaajyO 'older (not 1st-born) than Ego) brother ' axgxE ' 'first-born sister ' anjyO 'older (not 1st-born) (older than Ego ) sister ' (properly, last cyO / cxijyO 'last-born youngest born sister) ma le ' naa 'ni 'first-born female '
BU ILD-UP DRI LLS
1. khan i' xyaa la'? 'Where have you been? ' khan i' xyaa la' axgxl '7 'Where have you been, Eldest- rother? ' 2. ubxapradxaan ngAAr i'. 'To the plaae of the deputy mayor. ubxapradxaan ngAAr i '. ca ' to ' 'To the plaae of the deputy mayor. jaa? What is that? ubxapradxaan ngAA r i'. ca ' to ' 'To the plaae of the deputy mayor. jaa? pxi waa? What is that? Is it an open weave baak basket? ' 59
3. axngxl I. 'No. ' axngxl '. na 'ga cyu 'ba. , No . It is for penning chickens. '
SUBSTITUTI ON DRI LLS
1. cu ' rn rnoI I ban i d i rn? 'This is made of rattan? ' pa 'el iron 5 I I I wood ngxe l mi lk 2. khani ' xyaa la' axgxl '? 'Where have you been Eldest-Brother? ' axgxE ' Eldest-Sister? naa 'ni 1st-born Younger Sister? cyO Last-Born Younger Brother? kanch i Last-Born Younger sister? anjyO Older Sister? txaajyO Older Brother?
QUEST ION-ANSWER
l. Q: 'Of what is this made ? ' A: 'This is made of rattan . , cu' to I I banidirn7 cu ' rnoI I banidirn.
iron . wood. grass. lentils. rice .
2. Q: 'What is that? An open A: 'No, a chicken penning basket. ' weave basket? ' axngxl ', kurgu ' gaa . ca ' to' jaa7 pxi waa?
bxAADo ' j aa Ii chyugu ' te I I a kodaa l i kxojaa rnxo ra rnxui I 60
ESSON 22
'The Student of Gurung ' 1. bindi mu . to', kx i cu ' 'Hello! Say, do you live in this nAA'sar TingngyU ' waa7 vi Z Zage? 2. O. nga cu' nAA'sarna ' Tim. 'Yes. I live in this village . And khabdi' kx i7 who are you? ' 3. ngam bidyaarthi ' ga o 'As for me, I am a student. ' 4. kx i to'e kxe ' 1 a 1 d i ' 7 'What kind of work did you do ?' 5. ngam tamU kxyu i ' lub a'e kxe ' 'I am studying the Gurung language . ' 1 am. 6. kxe ' Thaaldi waa 'di7 'Have you started your work? ' 7. O. Thaaldii. 'Yes. I've started. ' 8. sa ' j i 10' mu u, ga a ro 7 'Is it easy, or difficult? ' 9. lxen ' gaa ro tam. 'It 's very difficult. '
NEW VOCABULARY bidyaarthi' 'student ' Thaa ldiba' 'to begin a project ' sa j i 10' 'easy ' gaaro 'difficult ' bindi mu 'greeting ' ( lit : 'there is a request ')
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY prxiba 'to write ' khe 'ba 'to read; to study ' cEdo ' 'close, near '
NOTES
Line 1: to' is being used here as a discourse introducer . It is frequently used when the discourse topic is being changed . Line 6: The -waa ' suffix on Thaa 1 d i is the verb waabaa ' 'to throw out ' used to give emphasis in a similar way to xyaaba ' in lesson 17 . The -di / -j i suffix is a past tense marker.
BUI LD-UP DR I LLS
1. bindi mu . 'Hello! ' bindi mu . cu ' nAA'sar 'Hello! (you) live in this vil lage TingngyU ' waa7 do you? ' bindi mu . to ', kx i cu ' 'Hello! er ... You live in this nAA'sar Ting ngyU ' waa7 village do you? ' 61
2. a. cu ' nAA'sarna ' Tim. 'Yes. (I 'm) staying in this viHage . ' a. nga cu' nAA'sarna ' Tim. 'Yes. I'm staying in this viHage. ' a. nga cu ' nAA'sa rna ' Tim. , Ye s. I'm staying in this vi'l'lage. khabd i ' kxi7 And who are you? ' 3. ngam kxe ' lam. 'I do work . , ngam tamU kxyu i ' lub a'e kxe ' 'I do the work of 'learning the Gurung I am. Zanguage . '
4. sa ' j i 10' mu u7 'Is it easy 01' (what) ?'
sa 'jilo' mu u gaarno7 'Is it easy 01' diffi cu'lt? '
SUBSTITUT ION DRI LLS
1. ngam tamU kxyu i' lub a'e kxe ' 'As for me, I do the work of 'learn lam. ing the Gurung 'language. '
prxu kxyu i' lub a'e kxe ' lam. 'learning the Nepa'li Zanguage . tamU kxyu i' P rxi bae writing the Gurung 'language . khe'bae reading
2. sa 'jilo' mu u gaa ro7 'Is it easy 01' diffi cu Zt? '
thebbrE ' mu u Thi'kka7 big 01' average ? xrEgo mu u cEdo'7 far or near?
thebbrE' mu u cyugu'thiri '7 'big 01' smaH? 62
ESSON 23
'The Fo�eign T�ekke�s ' 1. jxa ad' xyaaba ' khabma 'E ja7 'The people going ove� the�e, who a�e they ?' 2. goraama 'E baa . 'White men. ' (NB: In Nepali goraa is a somewhat derisive term) . 3. khan i ' xyaab ro '7 'Where do they say they are going? ' 4. ta kadaa 'sUr xyaab ro ' . 'Up to the mountain summit, they say . 5. kad i ' jAAnaa mu laa7 'How many peop le were the�e? ' 6. saabma 'Em ngx l ma ttre' mu . 'As fo r the Sahebs, there are only two . ' 7. bxaare 'maE di '7 'And ca��ie�a?' 8. bxaare 'm gxri ' ma ttre' mu . 'Aa fo� car�ie�a, the�e ia only one . '
NEI'I VOCABULARY jxaad ' 'ove� the�e ' goraama 'E 'white skinned people ' kadaa 'sU 'mountain ' jAAnaa 'numeral suffix in saab 'wes te�ne� (�espectful) ' counting people ' bxaa re 'maE 'ca��ie�s '
NOTES
Line 6: The function of the -m suffix on saabma 'E can well be translated 'as for the Sahe bs ' .
BUILD-UP DR I LLS
1. khabma ' E jaa7 'What so�t of peop le a�e they?' i.e. 'What caste?' jxa ad' xyaaba ' khabma 'E jaa7 'What aort of peop le a�e they g�ing ove� the�e . ' 2. ngxl ma ttre' mu . 'The�e a�e only two . , saabma 'E ngxl ' ma ttre' mu . 'The�e a�e only two weste�ne�a . , 3. gxri ' ma ttre' mu . 'There ia only one . , bxaa re ' gxri ma ttre' mu . 'The�e is only one ca��ie�. bxaa re 'm gxri ' ma ttre' mu . 'As fo� the carrie�s, there ia onZy one . , 63
SUBSTITUT ION DR ILLS
1. bxaare 'm gxri ' mattre' mu . 'As for the carriers there is on�y one. '
saabma 'Em westerners go raama 'Em white-skinned peop �e kamma 'Em b�acksmiths txulmaEm tai�ors bidyaarthi'maEm students
2. ta kadaa 'sUr xyaab ro ' 'They said they were going up thereto the mountain. '
Tyangk i ' r tank. dugAAnar shop. ubxapradxaan ngAAri ' p�ace of the deputy mayor. dx I ' r i house.
3. khan i' xyaab ro ' 'Where did they say they were going?'
Tib staying? 1 u' b studying? txaab hoeing? khe 'b reading? pxrib writing?
TRANSFORM DRILL
1- Lack of Emphasis Emphasis -m
'There were on�y two sahebs. ' 'As fo r the sahebs, there were on�y saabma 'e ngxl ma ttre' mu . two. , saabma 'Em ngxl mattre' mu .
bxaare 'ma'E bidyaa rthima'o go raama 'E 64
LESSor� 24
'The Lost Lock Key ' l. 0 ' ka nchi. 'Oh, Kanchi .' 2. xwe ' . 'Yes. ' 3. sAAj u' kuj i ' khani 'r mu7 'Where is the lock and key? ' 4. sAAj u kuj i '7 , Lock and key?'
5. O. 'Yes. ' 5. 0 ' ca' pi 0 i khoba 'r mu . 'They are in that verandah niche . ' 7. cxaa ' xyo laa axxyo la7 'Have you made tea or not? ' g. axxyongngyU . 'No. I haven 't made (it). '
9. ta ' 1 e axxyoldi7 'Why not?' 10 . xyo l yOyAA ' gad i ' . 'If I had been free to cook, I would have made it. ' 11. to ' lal di ' togo ' sammaa '7 'What have you been doing up to now? ' 12. ngam cu ' khaagun taa 'ne maa 'ne 'As for me, I have been doing all the 1 aba ' d i . chores around here . ' r�EW VOCABULARY xwe ' 'response to hailing sAAj u' 'key ' ca ll from one not older pi0 i 'verandah ' than one 's self' cxaa ' 'tea ' kuj i ' '"lock ' togo ' 'now ' khobaa ' 'niche in verandah ' khaa 'gu 'surroundings ' ta ' 1 e 'why ' taa 'ne ma a 'ne 'chores ' sammaa I 'up to ' lt yoba 'to cook by boi"ling in water '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY khAA'ba 'to be able to ' txeba ' 'to cook vegetab les by frying plu'baa 'to boi l in water ' in oil fi rst and then adding >:Eba 'to boil in water for fluid! ' a long time '
NOTES
Line 3: sAAj u' kuji': Note the deletion of the conj unction nero ' 'and '. Line 7: cxaa ' xyolaa axxyola7: An alternate question with the question �article u omitted. Full form is .cxaa ' xyolaa u axxyo la7 It is mostly in fast speech that the deletion of u occurs . line 8: axxyongngyU: the suffix -ngngyU marks completive aspect of the verb . 65
Line 10 : xyo I yOyAA' : yObaa ' 'to be avai ZabZe ' is an auxiliary verb functioning as 'to be free to '. gadi ' : a double emphatic, expressing frustration. Thus , 'If I had been free to, I wouZd have cooked the tea '. Line 11: The sammaa ' particle is a locative case particle used in spatial and temporal contexts (Grammatical Table 1) .
BU ILD-UP DR ILLS
1. khani 'r mu? 'Where is it? ' sAAj u' kuj i' khan ir mu? 'Where is the Lock and key?'
2. khoba'r mu . , It / S in the niche. /
plDi khoba 'r mu . , It / S in the verandah niche. / o ca ' plDi khoba 'r mu. 'Oh, it /s in that verandah niche. ' 3. to ' laldi'? 'What have you done?' to ' laldi' togo ' sammaa '? 'What have you done up to now? ' 4. ngam taa 'ne maa 'ne laba'di. , I've been doing chores. ' ngam cu' khaagun taa 'ne maa 'ne 'I 've been doing the chores around I aba' d i . here . '
SUBSTITUTION DR I LLS
1. sAAj u' kuji' khani 'r mu? 'Where is the Zock and key ?
AAma aaba mother and fa ther? pxi kurgu ' open weave basket? and the chicken-pen basket? sigr eT sa le' cigarettes and matches? AAsi ' kxoj a sickZe and kukhri knife ?
2. cxaa ' xyola axxyo la? 'Have you cooked the tea or not?'
kaE rice Txaa txela' axtxela'? curry
3. xyo l yOyAA ' gadi'. 'If I had been abZe to cook them it wou Zd have been done. /
khe 'l read pxr i I write I u I Zearn mxael search bxa l bring 66
TRANSFORM DRI LLS
l. 'If I had been free to ... , 'If I had been able to... ,
'If I had been free to aook 'If I had been able to aook (it) I , ( it) I'd have done 80. would have done 80.
xyo l yOyAA ' ga d i ' . xyOl khAA ' yAA gadi. '
khe 'l 1 u 1 xyaa 1 ' mxael
2. Alternative Question 'Did you make tea or (not) ?'
Deleted form -negative Deleted form -u cxaa ' xyolaa u? cxaa ' xyolaa axxyola?
Txaa txelaa' u? kaE xyolaa u? sAAju' yOlaa u? kxe ' Thaaldilaa u? 67
LESSON 25
'Going on a Short Journey ' 1. 0 ' Thaagu . 'Oh, First-born son. ' 2. xwe' , to ' bilaa7 'Yes, what did (you) say? ' 3. kxi khan i' xyaamu '7 kx i 'Where are you going? You are a�one, gxri 'n waa7 are you?' 4. o. nga gxrina. thu axxre'. 'Yes. I'm by myse�f. I don 't have a friend. 5. khwi 'b u, baas Tib jaa7 'Are you returning to-day or staying? ' 6. axkxo . to ' bilaa7 'I don 't understand (you) . What did you say?' 7. tiyAA ' ekhab u ma rna ' Tib , I said, 'Are you aoming baak today jaa ' bilau. or staying overnight down be�ow '. ' 8. axTi '. ekham. '(I 'm) not staying. (I 'm) aoming baak. ' 9. lu', xyaad 0 ' . 'Oh. We n go (now) .' 10 . 0, xyaam'. , Yes, I'm going. '
NEW VOCABULARY thu 'friend ' khw i 'ba 'to return the same day baas 'to �odge overnight ' from a journey ' eba 'to return ' kxoba 'to understand ' ma '�ower down '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY pxanxAAga 'tomorrow ' U I ml ' 'day bef ore yesterday ' tela' 'yesterday ' nU I'maa 'day after tomorrow '
NOTES Line 3: gxri 'n here means 'a�one '. It 's literal meaning being 'one '. Line 7: ma rna ' consists of three parts : ma 'down ', -r 'locative marker ', -na ' 'emphatiC' .
BUILD-UP DR ILLS
1. khani ' xyaamu '7 'Where are (you) going? ' kxi khan i' xyaamu '7 'Where are you going? ' kxi khan i' xyaamu '7 kxi 'Where are you going? You're a�one, gxri 'n waa7 are you? ' 2. thu axxre '. 'I don 't have a friend. ' o. nga gxri 'na. thu axxre' . 'Yes. I'm a�one . I don 't have a friend (with me) . ' 68
3. tiyAA ' ekhab u7 'Are you returning to-day or what ?' tiyAA ' ekhab u ma rnaa ' Tib 'Are you returning to-day or staying jaa7 down be low? ' tiyAA ' ekhab u ma rnaa ' Tib 'I said 'Are you returning to-day or jaa7 b i 1 au. staying down be low? "
SUBST ITUTION DRI LLS
l. khw i 'b u baas Tib jaa7 'Are you returning or staying overnight?'
ma rnaa ' staying down be low? tarnaa ' staying up there ? cu' rna staying here ?
2. tiyAA ' ekham u baas Tib jaa7 'Are you returning today or staying overnight?'
pxanxAAga tomorrow nu I'rna day after tomorrow
TRANSFORM DRI LLS
l. Non-past Past
'I am going today ' 'I went yesterday ' tiyAA ' xyaa -m' . tela' xyaa -1a' u.
pi -m txaa -m kha -m 1 a -m
2. Direct Speech Indirect Speech
'I said I am staying down 'They said that they were staying (there) . , down there. , ma rna ' Tib jaa b i 1 au . rnarna ' Tib jaa roo
xyaab' klb khe 'b tho'b 69
LESSON 26
'On Eating Berries. ' 1. timmru ' caba'r xyaa le' 0' , 'Let 's go to eat some timmru berries, Thaagu . First-Born Son . ' 2. khaniri'7 'Where ? ' 3. banaUd i ' . 'Towards the jungle. '
4. til' j 0 ro ' m I'm ma , t i mm r u 1 7 'Are timmru berries ripe these days?'
5. o . pal AA I, cud u r u I, t i mm r u 1 'Yes. palaan, cuduru, and timmru tAAn ' coro 'n ml 'm. berries are all ripe now. ' 6. kad i 1 xrEgo xyaa l' txum7 'How far wi ll we have to go?' 7. 5 aar 1 xrEgo xyaa laa' axtxu . , (We) won 't have to go very far . ' 8. xyaa le' 0'7 'Let's go then? '
9. 0, 0, xyaa le' 5 i d i 1 • 'O. K. come on let's go. '
ND� VOCABULARY t i mmru ' 'berry ' til j 0 ro 1 'these days ' coro ' 'these days ' m I'ba 'to be ripe, cooked of pa lAA' 'berry (yel low, food ' strawberry-like) , cuduru' 'berry (dark red/b lue) , txuba 'must ' Ud i 1 / U I' 'towards '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY prxaba ' 'to walk '
NOTES
Line 1: -Ie' on the stem xyaa 'to go ' is a 1st person ( sg. or pl. ) hortatory aspect . Line 6: txum 'must ' is an auxiliary verb inducing infinitive in -I on main verb . The Nepali loan pard iba' is also used , particulary in East Gurung.
BUILD-UP DRI LLS
1. xyaa le' 0' Thaagu. , Let 's go, 1st-Born Son . ' timmru' caba 'r xyaa le' 0' 'Let 's go to eat timmru berries, lst Thaagu. Born Son. ' 2. m I'm ma t i mm r u ' 1 'They 're ripe, are they, the timmru berries? ' ti I' joro' mlm ma 7 timmru '7 'These days they 're ripe are they, the timmru berries?' 70
3. xyaa l' txum7 'Do you have to go ? ' kad i' xrEgo xyaa l' txum7 'How far do you have to go? ' 4. xyaa laa' axtxu. '(You) don 't have to go . , xrEgo xyaa laa' axtxu . '(You) don 't have to go far. ' saar' xrEgo xyaa laa' axtxu . '(You) don 't have to go very far . ,
SUBSTITUT ION DR I LLS
1. timmru ' caba'r xyaale' . 'Let 's go for eating timmru'. '
pa lAA' pa laan. cuduru ' cuduru. mxaj a' bananas.
2. banaUd i ' 'Towards the jungle. '
dugAAnaUd i ' shop . pi D i Ud i ' verandah. kadaa ' sUUd i ' mountain. Tyanki 'Udi ' tank.
3. saar' xrEgo xyaa laa' axtxu , (We) won 't have to go very far. '
bo laa take (it) Tilaa stay talaa be prxalaa' walk
TRANSFORM DR ILLS
1. 1st person Hortatory Non-past
'For eating berries let 's 'For eating berries (I 'm) going. , go, o. K. ?' timmru ' caba 'r xyaam. timmru ' caba'r xyaa le' 0'7
mxaja' ka E phU mxUDe 71
1st person Hortatory Non-past
'For drinking mi lk Zet 's go, 'For drinking milk I'm going. , O. K. ? ngxe thU 'bar xyaam. ngxe thU 'bar xyaa le' o'? paa ' cxajl sigreT
2. Alternative Word Order
'These days ripe? timmru ' 'These days timmru ripe?' til' joro' ml 'm ma , timmru'? ti l' joro' timmru ' ml 'm ma?
palAA' cuduru ' mxaj a' mxUDe mlxa
3. 'How far must (we ) go. , 'When must we go. , kad i ' xrego xyaa I' txum. 'khOyO xyaa I' txum.
Til P rxa I ' bo l tal 72
LESSON 27
, Eating Berries Again. ' l. 0 ' Thaagu! 'Oh Firs t-Born Son! ' 2. haju'r. 'Yes. ' 3. khani ' xyaa i' yu 'la a7 'Where are you coming back down from? ' 4. banar xyaala'u. 'I went to the jungl e. ' 5. to' lab a'r xyaa laa'7 'For what di d you go?' 6. pa IAA' . cuduru ' caba'ri. 'For eating pa 1 AA and cudu ru berries. ' 7. Txaa axmxael waa7 'You di dn 't seek for edible vegetables? '
8. TonDaa' ma re ' cyugu ' de thu i ' • 'I cut just a little bit of TonDaa fern . ' 9. pattu' axmxae waa7 'Didn 't you look for asparagus ?' 10 . tibe'd jyAAU jyAAU lai '. 'The leeches were thick. So I didn 't chat ai' biri ' axmxae. look for it. '
NEW VOCABULARY
TonDaa ' 'a type of edible ma re ' 'alternate form of ma ttre' .' fern ' tibe' 'leech ' cyugu 'de 'a little ' yu 'ba , to come down ' jyAAU jyAAU 'congregation - as of peop le massed together; leeches in the forest! '
NOTES
Line 3 and 10 : Note the conj unctive particle joining sequential clauses, with and without biri '. viz: xyaa i' yu ' laa and cha ta i' biri ' axmxae.
BUILD-UP DR I LLS
1. cuduru' cab a'ri. 'For eating cuduru berries. ' pa lAA' cuduru ' caba'ri. 'For ea ting pa laan and cuduru berries. ' 2. cyugu 'de thui '. , I cut a little. ' TonDaa ' cyugu ' de thu i ' . , I cut a little bit of TonDaa fern . ' Ton 0 a a' ma r e' c y u 9 u ' de t h u i ' . 'I only cut a little bit of TonDaa fern . ' 3. jyAAU jyAAU lai '. , (They) congregated everywhere . ' tibe'd jyAAU jyAAU lai '. 'The leeches were everywhere. ' tibe'd jyAAU jyAAU lai'. 'The leeches were everywhere there chatai' biri ' axmxae. fore I di dn 't search. ' 73
SUBSTITUT ION DR I LLS
1. to ' lab a'r xyaala'? 'For what purpose di d you go ?
mxae la? search? k I I a? buy ? ekha la? return ? Thaaldila'? begin (it) ?'
2. tibe'd jyAAU jyAAU lai. 'The Zeeches were thickZy congregated. '
b i dhyaa rth i 'maEd students pxasximaEd chiZdren bxaare'maEd carriers na 'gad chickens
3. cha ta i' biri ' axmxae. 'That being the case I didn 't seek (for them) . '
axla' do (it) axthu' cut (them) axbxa ' bring (them)
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
1. Alternate forms of conjunctive participle
'Having gone where have you 'Having gone where have you come come down?' down ? ' khan i' xyaai' yu'la a khani' xyaai' bi ri ' yu 'la a
bo i pxra i ' bxa i '
2. Yes/No Question
'Did you not seek fo r vegetabZes? ' 'Did you seek for vegetabZes or not? ' Txaa axmxael waa? Txaa mxae laa (u) axmxaelaa·?
yOI ca I xyo l kyAA' 1 thul L 74
3. Positive Indicative Negative Indicative
, 'Therefore I searched for (them) . 'Therefore I didn 't search for cha ta i I b i r i I mxaei (them) . ,
cha ta i I b i r i I axmxae
thu i I 1 a i I ca i I cU I I 75
LESSON 28
'Stro lling Around ' 1. khani ' prxa'rila Thaagu? 'Where have you been walking, First Born Son? ' 2. phaa 'karna ' Duldiriba'. 'Just strolling about for no special reason. ' 3. khan i' jare prxai' di'? 'Where abouts did you walk?' 4. Tusyaa', kha ire' jare. 'Around Tusya and kha ire. 5. tiyAA ' chuTTi ' waa? 'To-day is your hol iday is it? ' 6. axngxl '. chuTT i 'm pxanxAAga 'No. My ho liday is tomorrow. ' yaa . 7. pxanxAAga khani ' xyaam'? 'Where are you going to tomorrow (morning) ?' 8. khanira' i axxyaa' . , I'm not going anywhere. ' 9. ta ' 1 e? 'Why? ' 10 . bxO ' nxam. 'I 'm going to rest. ' 11. 0, bxO ' nxa l txum . 'Yes, you should rest. '
NEW VOCABULARY jare 'where 'abouts ' chuT Ti ' 'holiday ' Duldibaa 'stro l ling ' khanira' 'nowhere ' bxO ' , s trength ' nxaba 'to keep, preserve ' phaa 'karna ' 'for no reason '
NOTES
Line 1: pxra'rila: the suffix, -ri, marks 'continuative aspect '. The same suffix is used in Line 2 in Duldir iba a'. Line 8: khanira' i 'nowhere ' is also pronounced by some speakers as khan ida' i. The ra 'i I da ' i are both emphatic particles which, when used with the negative verb give the meaning of 'nowhere '.
BU ILD-UP DR I LLS
1. khan i' prxa i di '? 'Where did you walk? ' khan i' jare pxra i di'? 'Where abouts did you walk. ' 2. axngxl '. 'No. ' axngxl '. pxanxAAga yaa . 'No. It is tomorrow. ' axngxl '. chuTT i 'm pxanxAAga 'No. (My ) holiday is tomorrow. ' yaa . 76
SUBSTITUTION DR I LLS
1. axngxl I. chuTT i 'm pxanxAAga 'No. The hoL iday is tomorrow . ' yaa .
telaa ' was yesterday U I I mi I I day before yesterday nu I I ma is day after tomorrow tiyAA ' is today
2. 0, bxO ' nxa I txum. 'Yes, you shouLd rest.
xyaa I I go . ca l eat. Til stay. khe I I read. prx i I write. I u I Learn.
3. khanir a'j axxyaa I. , I'm not going anywhere. '
khanida 'j axxyaa '. , I'm not going anywhere. ' to 'i axl a I. 'I 'm not doing anything. '
4. pxanxAAga khani xyaam'7 'Where are you going tomorrow?'
ta I Ie Why khOyO ' When kha ni ' dana Whereabouts kha j Ie How 77
TRANSFORM DR ILLS
l. Pluperfect Continuous Past Conj unctive Particle
'Where have you been walking?' 'Where, having wa lked, have come down from? ' khan i ' prxar i'la khan i ' p rxa i ' yu' I a
xyaari 'la bo r i I a bxari 'la
ta r i I a ' Duldiriba'
QUESTION-ANSWER
, l. Q: 'Where are you going? ' A: 'I'm not going anywhere. khan i ' xyaam' khanira'i axxyaa '
lam Thaaldim xyom pxram ' 78
LESSON 29
'Looking for a Lost Chi ld. ' l. 0 ' naa'ni! '0 First-Born Daughter! ' 2. xwe ' . 'Ye8. '
3. surj e axmrO ' waa? 'You 've not 8een Surfe, have you? ' 4. mrOlau. , I've 8een him. ' ,- ) . khaniri '? 'Where ? ' 6. cu ' pxr i r i . ta ' 1 e mxaelaa? 'Be 'low here. Why are you 'looking for him? ' "7 . kaE caba ' e tx i tasyaabaa '. 'It '8 time to eat rice. ' (Lit: 'the rice eating time having come in. ') 13 . jxule' xu i 'tti. 'Ca'l'l (him) from here. ' 9. jxuile' theem maa? 'wi'l'l he hear from here? ' 10 . 0, theem. xui'd. 'Ye8, (He 'H) hear. CaH (him) .'
NEW VOCABULARY mrObaa ' 'to see ' prxi rba ''lower a'ltitude ' kxo rba 'upper a'ltitude ' theebaa ' 'to hear ' j xuba ' 'this way ' xu iba' 'to ca'l'l' .K U i ba ' 'to ca'l'l '
NOTES
Line 7: -syaabaa ' is an alternate conj unctive particle to -i biri '. �rhis co uld alternative ly be kaE caba 'e txi tai bi ri. Line 8: -ile'/-le' 'from ' are dialectal variants of the postposition.
;< u i ' t t i : the - t i suffix softens the imperative , xu i 'd (line 10 ).
BUILD-UP DR ILLS
1. t a' 1 e mxa e 1 a a? 'Why are you 'l ooking for (him) ?' cu i pxriri . ta 'le mxaelaa? 'Be 'low here . Why are you 'looking for (him) ?' tx i tasyaabaa '. 'The time has come (lit : happened '). kaE caba ' e tx i tasyaabaa '. , The rice eating time has come . '
SUBSTITUTION DRI LLS
1. ta 'le mxaelaa? 'Why are you seeking him? ' khan ir Where khan i' dana Were about8 kha i 1 e How khoyO ' 'When 79
2. Jxuile' xu l 'ttl. 'CaH (him) from this direction. ' jxa ale' that direction. taale' up highe!'. maa le' Zowe!' down .
TRANSFORM DRILLS
l. 'The rice eating time having 'The rice eating time has come. , come ... , kaE caba 'e txi tasyaabaa ' . kaE caba 'e tx i tangngyU '.
cuduru ' thuba 'e pukhru' xyaaba 'e TonOaa ' thuba 'e bxo nxaba 'e 80
LESSON 30 'A Visit with Baidara ' l. Thaagu! 'First-Born Son! ' 2. haju'r. 'Yes. ' 3. khan i ' xyaa i ' kha laa? 'Where are you coming back from? ' 4. ba i daraaa ngAA r i'. '(From) the ptace of Baidara .' 5. to' 1 aba ' r xyaa laa'? 'Wha t did you go there to do ?' 6. cyugu ' cyugu ' tAA ja'ga 'To ask a few things (matters). ngy u'ibari . 7. tamu kxyu i ' u? '(About) Gurung or (what) ?' 8. 0, tamu kxyu i ' . 'Yes, (about) Gurung. ' 9. khAA' l b i r i ' kha l waa? 'Having fi nished (the work) you 've come, have you? ' 10 . 0, AAna . 'Yes, Etder-Sister.'
NEW VOCABULARY tAA 'matters ' cyugu ' cyugu ' 'a few, a tittte ' ngyu 'ib a 'to ask ' khAA 'ba 'to finish '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY bxu iba 'to bring from higher attitude '
:BU ILD-UP DR I LLS
1. tAA ja'ga ngyuibari. 'To ask some ma tters . ' cyugu' cyugu ' tAA j a'ga 'To ask a few smatt matters. ' ngyuiba ri. 2. khal waa7 'You 've come, have you? ' khAA' i biri ' kha l waa7 'Having finished you 've come, have you? '
SUBSTITUT ION DR I LLS
1. cyugu' cyugu ' tAA ja'ga ngy u'ibari . 'To ask a few smatt matters. '
lxe' a Lot of matters. banarba 'e about the jungte. dugAA narba 'e the shop . Tyangk i ' rbae the tank. 81
2. khan !' xyaa !' khala 'Having gone where have you come ?
yu ' 1 a come down? bxala' brought it? bxu i ' 1 a' brought it down ?
3. khAA ' I b i r i' kha 1 waa? 'Raving fin.ished (it) you 've come have you?'
ta i ' compZeted (it) k I I ' bought (it) cU '1 soZd (it) ca i ' eaten
REVISION EXERCISES
This lesson has no new grammatical features . The student should take the opportunity to review the lessons 14-30. If tapes are available spend extra time tracking the conversations paying particular attention to the intonation patterns over the various utterances . 82
LESSON 31
'Fetching Wa ter ' 1. khan i' xyaamu '7 'Where are you going?' 2. kyu ' khaaba ' r xyaam'. 'To fe tah water. ' 3. kyu' axxyu '. to ' tae7 'The water 's not flowing down . What could have happened? ' 4. xo7 tela'm yu ' ldi! 'Really? It was aertainly flowing yesterday !' 5. tara ta ' 1 e biyAA nAA ' baaDi 'But if you should ask why, sinae tasero ' axxyu' . (the time) rain came in a flood the water hasn 't aome down. ' 6. cyaa' ! kha i 1 ab n 9 e ' 7 'Blow it! What is to be done !' 7. mu 'larna ' xyaa 1 ' txumaEn' . 'To the spring you 'll probably have to go. ' 8. kxaelaa. 'It 's late. ' 9. dxI r' kyu' ka ' t t i axxre' waa7 'Is there not water at all in your house? ' 10 . axxre'. kha i labaa '. 'None at all. What to do !
NEW VOCABULARY khaaba ' 'to fe tch water ' mu ' 1 a 'spring ' nge' 'to be ' kxaeba 'to be de layed ' nAA ' , rain ' tara 'but ' baaDi 'flood ' tela' 'yesterday ' cyaa ' 'expression of disgust '
NOTES
Line 3: to ' tae7 the -e ending on the verb stem ta indicates a questioning aspect . Line 5: ta 'le biyAA more frequently functions as a 'beaause ' construc- tion however it is used in a more literal sense in this lesson . sero ' is a source case particle which functions in temp oral and locative constructions . Here the time sequence is in focus . Line 7: -ma En' functions as a probab ilitive aspect on the verb . Line 6, 10 : kha i 'how '? is used in rhetorical questions , like 'to ' 'what?'.
:BU ILD-UP DR I LLS
1. to ' tae7 'What aould have happened? ' kyu' axxyu '. to ' tae7 'The water is not aoming down . What aould have happened?' 83
2. nAA ' baaDI tasero ' axxyu '. 'Sinoe the �ain oame in a fLood (the wate�) hasn 't come down . ' tar a ta 'le biyAA nAA ; baaDi 'But if you shouLd ask 'why ' - Since tasero' axxyu '. the �ain came in a fZood. the wate� hasn 't come down. '
SUBST ITUTION DR ILLS
1. kyu' khaaba ' r xyaam' , (I 'm) going to fe tch wate�. '
tAA jaga ngyu 'lb ar ask a few things. surJe mxaebar Zook fo � Surje. nAAsa r Duldiba'r st�oZZ a�ound in the viL Zage. cuduru' caba ' r eat cuduru be��ies. Txaa mxaeba r Zook for edibLe vegetabZes.
2. nAA ' baaDi tasero ' axxyu' 'Since the rain came in a fLood. (the water) hasn 't come down . '
kadaa 'sU xyaasero ' 'Since (he) went to the mountain (he) .. . ' baas Tisero ' 'Since (he) stayed the night (he) ... ' ta khaagun taa 'ne maa 'ne 'Since (he) did aZL the chores up there
lasero' (he) ... (he) ... '
3. mu 'la rna ' xyaal' txumaEn ' '(You 'LL) p�obabLy have to go to the spring.
syO'rna ' rive�. Tyangkirna ' tank. banarna ' fo rest.
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
1. Probabilative Non-past ( final) 'You 'LL p�obabZy have to go the 'You wiH have to go to the spring. , sp�ing. , mu 'larna ' xyaa I' txumaEn ' . mu 'la rna ' xyaa I' txum.
mxael txumaEn ' bxO ' nxa l txumaEn ' xu iI' txumaEn ' 84
LESSor� 32
'Fetching Wa ter Again ' 1. 0, kanch i 'Oh, Youngest Daughter ' 2. xwe, nAAn i . 'Yes, Eldest Daughter ' 3. chyo ' kyu khaaba ' r waa ' 7 'Let's go, aren 't you going up to get water? ' 4. xyaamu '. lxau jxuina ' kho'. 'I'm going, indeed. Come on, come (and sit here) .' 5. ngalaiml ' kyu' yunaa khaabxu i' 'But to me they have said 'Go get bingngyU. water quickly '! ' 6. bir g e'di. ch indrim kU 'nsi. 'Let them say it. Sit down a minute. ' 7. chyo'siddi, xyaale' . 'Come on, let 's go . ' 8. thaidu', nga cu' ko lo 'Wait, I will wash this child and khru ' thEmu' , daa i xyaam. settle him and then go . ' 9. chabi 'yAA xyaam'. ngami 'In that case I'm going. As fo r me, kxaei ja. I'm late. ' 10 . kx i kxaeyAA xyaas idi '. , If you are late, then go . ' 11 . 0, ngam xyaam'. 'Yes. !... will go . ' 12. 0, 0 xyaad'. 'O. K. , O. K. go. '
NEW VOCABULARY jxuina' 'of this direction ', ch indri 'a moment' emp . of jxuba ' thaidu' 'wait! ' yunaa 'quickly ' bxuiba' , to bring down ' bxuiba' , to bring down '
ADDITIONAL VOCABULARY
neba ' 'to put a child to bed ' kh iba' 'to wear clothes ' kwE 'clothes '
NOTES
:Line 5: khaabxui' a compound verb , lit. 'fe tching the water, bring it down '. See also in Line 8: khru' thEm u', 'having washed him, I'll .3ettle him '. Line 6: birge'di 'let them say ': the third person hortat ory aspect of �he verb is -rge. The -di suffix is an emphatic particle . 1st person hortatory bile 'let us speak ' ;?nd person bid ' (you) speak ' 3rd person b i rge ' , let (him, them) speak ' Line 8: kh ru ' thEmu : compounds with -thEbaa ' 'p lace ' denote care and attention to the object - hence 'settle '. 85
SUBSTI TUT ION DR I LLS
1. ngalaiml ' kyu' yunaa khaabxui' 'To me they said fe tch and bring bingngyU. the water quickly.
Txaa yunaa thubxui ' pluck and bring the edible vege tables quickly. cuduru' yunaa pluck and bring thubxui ' the cuduru' quickly. sAAj u' yunaa klbxui ' get and bring the key quickly.
2. cu ' ko lo khru ' thEmu ' daai 'I win wash this child and settle xyaam. him and then go. ,
nethEmu ' bed down kwE khi thEmu ' clothe waathEmu ' leave
3. kx i kxaeyAA xyaas i d i ' . 'If you are late, then go. ,
xyaa I txuyAA mus t go, tayAA are O. K. ,
TRANSFORM DR ILLS
1. Statement Question
'I 'm going to fe tch water. , 'Are you not going to fe tch water? kyu' khaaba 'r xyaam' kyu' khaaba 'r axxyaa' waa7
tonDaa ' mxaeba r tAA ngyu 'ibar tamU kxyu i ' I uba ' r
2. Use of daa i conj unction . Use of conjunctive particle.
'I win wash and settle this 'Having washed and settled this child and then go. , chi ld I'n go. t cu' ko lo' khru' thEmu ' daa i cu ' ko lo khr u'th EI ' b i r i ' xyaam. xyaam.
nethEmu ' kwE kh i thEmu ' waathEmu ' 86
3. 3rd person hortatory . 2nd person hortatory .
, , Let them say it. 'Say it! ' (imp . ) b i rge' . bid.
kU ' rge ' Tirge ' xyaa rge' kxaerge ' mrOrge ' 87
LESSON 33
'Taking Rice to be Pounded ' 1. ca ' to' jaa? 'What is tha t? ' 2. mlxa yaa . 'Unhusked rice. ' 3. khani 'r bob jaa? 'Where are you taking it? ' 4. dxOba 'r bobaa . 'I 'm taking it to pound it. ' 5. mi la 'r u? 'At the mi n? ' 6. axngxl ', kuniri'. 'No, at the rice pounder. ' 7. ta'le mila'r axbo? 'Why don 't you take it to the mi� �?' 8. cxaga i to' laba'r bobaa . 'For that �itt�e amount, why shou�d I take it. ' 9. khaba 'e kunir dxOnmu '? 'At whose rice-pounder wi �� you go to pound it? ' 10 . mx ijagae kunir dxOnmu '. 'I wi �� go and pound it at some one e�se 's pounder. '
NEW VOCABULARY mlxa 'rice, unhusked ' kun i 'rice-husking pounder ' dxOba ' 'to pound ' (operated by foot ) mi 1 a' 'rice husking mi ��' khaba 'e 'whose '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY kha i 1 e 'how '
NOTES
Line 10: mx ijaga 'peop�e ' is used frequently like an indefinite pronoun - 'other people ', 'someone '.
SUBSTITUTION DRIL LS
1. khan i'r bob jaa7 'Where are you taking it? '
ta ' 1 e Why kha i 1 e How khOyO ' When
2. ta 'le mi la'r axbo7 'Why do you not take it to the mi ��? '
axj xO '7 put it in axthE '7 p�ace it in axxyaa '7 go to 88
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
l. Gerundive Questioning Aspect
'Where are you taking it? ' 'Where might (they) be taking it? ' khani 'r bob jaa7 khani'r boe?
1 ub jaa? dxOb' jaa? ngy u'ib jaa? prxab' jaa7
2. Content Question Yes/No Question
'Why are you not taking it 'Aren 't you taking it to the miZZ? ' to the miZZ?' mi l a' r axbo waa7 ta ' 1 e mi l a' r axbo?
kun ir ky u' axkhaa '7 89
LESSor� 34
'The New Rice Pounding Mi LL' 1. kxi khan i' xyaalaa'7 'Where have you been? ' 2. mi l ngxyoba r xyaala'u. 'I went to Look at the miLL ' 3. khaiba'e khaa le bxana'7 'What kind did you discover that they brought? ' 4. plgyaa mu . 'It is green. ' 5. khan iUle' bxae ' xwaa '7 'Where might they have brought it from? ' 6. bxairabaUle' bxa l ro o 'It is said that they brought it from Bhairuwa. ' 7. kadi ' swaab muna '7 'How good did you find it? ' 8. swaaba 'n mu . 'It 's good. ' 9. khoyO ' sero' ca lidim ro7 'From when wiLL it be operating do they say?' 10 . pxanxAAga sero' cal idim roo 'They say they 'LL be operating it from tomorrow . '
NEW VOCABULARY ngxyoba 'to Look at ' swaaba 'good, nice ' khaa l 'kind, variety ' ca lid iba' 'to operate, use ' plgyaa 'green '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY n i ' ra 'bLue ' olgyaa ' 'red ' urgyaa 'yeL Low ' mlOgyaa 'bLack ' targyaa 'white '
SUBSTITUTION DR I LLS
1. mi l ngxyoba r xyaala'u. 'I went to Look at the mi LL '
kyu ' khaaba ' r to get water. mlxa dxOba 'r to pound rice . tAA jaga ngyu'ib ar to ask some matters.
2. khoyO ' sero' ca l idim ro7 'From when do they (it) wiLL operate? '
dxOm' (they) win pound (it) ? bxuim' (they) win bring (it) down ? khaam (they) wi n bring water? 90
3. bxairabaUle' bxa l ro o 'It is said that they brought it from Bhairuwa.
pukhr u'Ule' Pokhara. kadaa 'sU Ule' the mountain. dugAAnaU le' the shop. khobaU le' the niehe in the waH. '
4. plgyaa mu . 'It is green.
n i ' ra bZue. mlOgyaa bZaek. targyaa white. urgyaa yeHow. olgyaa ' red.
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
l. Discovery Questioning
'What kind did you find that 'What kind might they have brought?' they brought? ' khaiba'e khaa le bxa na '7 khaiba'e khaa le bxae7
klna'7 bought? dxOna ' pounded? thuna '7 pieked? xyona7 eooked?
2. Future Past J 'From when wi H it be operating?' 'From when has it been operating?' kyoyO ' sero ' ca lidim7 khoyO sero' ca ldila7
Duldim Thaaldim gxumd i 'm 91
LESSON 35
'An Early Mark from Sahool ' 1. 0 ' ko 1 ma ' E � 'Hey, kids!' 2. xwe ' . 'Yes. ' 3. tiyAA ' kxemaE ta 'le yuna yu'i7 'Why have you aome down early today ?' 4. masTarma 'Ed xyaad biba daa i 'The teachers said "Go " and we come yunan yu ' i. early. ' 5. ta 'le ro , yunaa pi 'ba7 'Did they say why they dismissed you early? ' 6. khemaElaa' aphisar kxe ' mu roo 'They said they have work in the chat ai' yunan pi 'ba. office . So they dismissed us early . ' 7. maasTa r ka di ' mu, kxemaEe 'How many teachers are there, in your skulari '7 school? ' 8. sO ' mu . 'Three. ' 9. pa ile'm ngxl ma ttre ' mu l di. 'Before, indeed, there were only two. ' 10 . til joro' thabdingngyU . 'These days it 's increased. ' 11 . xe . 'Oh. '
NEH VOCABULARY ko 1 ma ' E 'chi ldren ' aphisa 'offi ce ' xwe ' 'response to haiUng caZZ ' pi ' ba 'to leave to be dismissed ' maasTa r 'school teachers ' skula 'school ' khemaE 'they themse lves thabd iba' 'to increase, to add to ' (re flexive )
SUBSTITUTION DRI LLS
1. khemaElaa' aph isar kxe ' mu . 'They had work in the office. '
dx I r' house. skular school. mi 1 a' r mill.
2. pa ile'm ngxl ' mattre' mu ldi. , Before indeed there were on ly two . '
ng i ' seven. ngxaa ' five. prxe ' eight. ku ' nine. pixi ' fo ur.
I 92
3. til joro' thabdi ngngyU. 'These days it 's been increased. '
thaaldingngyU. begun . ml 'ngngyU. ripe. ca l idingngyU . been operating. 93
LESSON 36
'Coming to Live in the Vi L Lage ' l. kxe ' laba ' suru ' lai ' waa7 'Have you started working?' 2. I ai' . 'Yes. ' 3. kx i khani'r Timu' . 'Where do you Live?' 4. nga t i 'syaa kaaThamandu r 'For a LittLe whiZe I am staying in Timu'. daa i sad ngxl ', sO '. Kathmandu. Then I wi ZZ aome after I iUdi ' khai' biri ' cu'r Tim. two or three weeks and stay here . ' 5. e, ngi 'e nAA'sari '7 'Oh, in our vi Z Zage ?' 6. 0, kxemaE nAA'sa ai. 'Yes, in your viZZage . ' 7. cu' bxandaa ' pa ile'? '(Have you aome) before this?' 8. 0, ekaa is (21) saa'lar kha laa. , Yes, I had aome in the year ' 21. ' 9. ca ' txi ri khani 'r Tilaa7 'Where did you Zive at that time?' 10. rna bxaaTi ' r Ti laa. 'Down at the inn. ' 11 . Ox, Ox. 'Oh. '
NEW VOCABULARY ti'syaa 'a LittLe whiLe ' (see pa i Ie' 'first, before formerLy ' numeral classifiers ) bxandaa ' 'aompared with ' sad 'week ' bxaaT i' 'inn ' saa ' I a 'year ' daa i 'then '
NOTES Line 4: The conj unction daai 'and then ' (and jxaale, jxaa le pheri) function to connect sentences in discourse . Line 7: cu ' bxandaa ' paile' is a comparative expression . It could literally be translated, 'aompared with this, have you aome before?'
SUBSTITUT ION DR I LLS
1. kxe ' laba' suru ' lai ' waa7 'Have you begun working?'
khO I waa? entered into khAA I waa7 finished
2. sad ngxl ' sO ' I iUdi ' Tim. 'After two or three weeks I wiZZ stay. '
Txu ' ngi ' six or seven sO ' p I xi ' three or four gxri ' ngxl ' one or two prxe ' ku ' eight or nine 94
3. cu ' bxandaa' pa lle' kha l waa? 'Have (you) come before this time?'
ngxyo l "looked at (it) ca I I d I I opera ted (it) mrOI seen (it) pxra I I waZked theel heard
TRANSFORM DRI LLS
l. Non-past final. 3rd Person Hortatory
'Having come (I 'H) stay . , , Having come, "let (him) stay . , kha l 'bl rl I Tim. kha I I b I ri I T I rge I.
suru ' I am start dxOm' pound (it) bxulm' bring (it)
2. Drill the sentence using the daa l conjunction, then substituting jxa ale' .
'I Zive in Kathmandu, and then having come here I'H stay/Zive. '
kaaThmandur T I mu I. daa l (j xaa I e I) cu 'r kha I I b I r I I Tim. , bxaaTI I r nAAlsa'r khadaa 'sur dxI I r bana r
3. Pluperfect Non-past
'I stayed in the inn down there ' . 'I wiH stay down at the inn. ,
ma bxaaT I I r T I I aa . ma bxaaT I I r Tim.
ngxyolaa dxOlaa Duldlrllaa 95
LESSON 37
'The Vi ZZage Visitor ' 1. kx ie dxl ' khan i'r jaa, saabaa '7 'Where is your home. Sahib?' 2. nga'e dxl ' amerikaa yaa . 'My home is in America. ' 3. tiyAA ' khaniUle' kha laa kx i7 'Where have you come from today ?' 4. tiyAA ' nga pukhru 'Ule kha laa . 'Today I have come from Pokhara. ' 5. taad kadaa ' sUUd xyyab' u, cu' 'Are you going up to the mountain nAA's jare ma ttre ' gxumdi'b or just stro ZZing around this jaa7 vi ZZage?' 6. nga kadaa ' sUUd axxyaa '. cu ' 'I'm not going up the mountain. I'ZZ nAA 's jare ma ttre' gxumdi'm. just stro ZZ around this viZ Zage. ' 7. kx ilai kha ibaa ' mxAAd ii, cu' 'How do es this viZZage of Ghachok kaj u' nAA'sa7 appeaZ to you? ' 8. 0, cu' nAA'sa beseri chyAAb 'Oh. this viZZage is very nice. It mu . nga 1 a i beser i swaab seems very nice to me. ' mxAAdi i. 9. kx i kad i' din sammaa ' Timd i ', 'And how Zong are you going to stay. cu ' nAA'sari '7 in this viZZage?' 10 . nga 1 a i thaa axrxe ' . ngx i gaE 'I don 't know. I shaZZ probabZy stay sOga ' E Til txu 1 aase' . about two or three days. ' 11 . 0, 0 tam. nga xyaam '. bindi 'I see. O. K. I'm going. Good-bye. mu . 12 . bind i mu . 'Bye. '
NEW VOCABULARY
gxumd i ' ba 'to stroZZ around ' kha ibaa ' 'how ' rnxAAd iba 'appeaZ' chyAAba 'nice. good ' kaj u 'Ghachok '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY
hapta 'week '
NOTES
Line 3, 7, 9: Note alternate ordering of certain components of the sentence . tiyAA ' kx i khan iUle' kha laa7 would be the normal ordering of line 3, but in the text the pronoun kx i occupies final position, as if an after thought . Likewise, in Line 7 cu ' kaj u' nAA'sa is an after thought , and in line 9; cu ' nAA'sari'. Line 5: note the use of u 'or ' to join quite lengthy sentences . Line 10: txulaase ': the -laase' suffix marks dubitat ive aspect on the verb , producing a similar English gloss to -maen 'probabilitive aspect ' (Lesson 31) implying uncertainty. 96
BUI LD-UP DR ILLS
1. taad kadaa 'sUUd xyaab u7 'Are you going up there towards the mountain or (what) ?' taad kadaa 'sUUd xyaab u. cu' 'Are you going up there towards the nAA's jare ma ttre' gxumd i 'b mountain or just stro l ling around jaa7 this village? ' 2. nga kadaa ' sUUd axxya '. 'I'm not going up towards the mountain. ' cu ' nAA's j a re mattre' 'I 'm just stro lling around this gxumd i 'm. viZZage. ' 3. kx i kad i ' din sammaa ' T i md i '7 'And how long are you staying? ' kx i kad i ' din sammaa ' T i md i ' 'And how long are you staying, in cu ' nAA'sari '7 this viZZage? ' 4. ngalai thaa axxre '. , I don 't know. ' ngalai thaa axxre '. ngxlg aE. 'I don 't know. I'll probably stay sOga 'Ede Til txu laase'. about two or three days. '
SUBSTITUTION DRI LLS
1. tiyAA ' khan iUle' kha laa7 'Where have you come from today ?'
te la' yesterday ? u I'm ii' day before yesterday ?
2. taad kadaa 'sUUd xyaab ' u cu ' 'Are you going up to the mountain nAA's jare mattre' gxumdi'b or just stro l ling around this jaa7 vi Hage? '
prxari 'b wa lking Du I d i ' b stro l ling ngxyorib looking
3. kx i kadi ' din sammaa ' Timdi '. 'And up to how many days are you staying in this village ?'
hapta weeks mxa ina months saa ' I a years 97
4. ngxlgaE sO 'gaE Til txu laase'. 'I shaH probab�y stay about two or three days. '
hapta ngx I'de SO ' de two or three weeks. mxa lna ngxl 'l sO 'la two or three months. saa'la ngxlde sO'de two or three years.
5. khanl'le' kha laa? 'Where did you come from? '
kha I Ie' How did you come ? ta ' Ie Why khoyO When
TRANSFORM DRI LLS
l. Non-past (emphatic) Dubitive
'How �ong are you going to 'How �ong wiH you probab�y have to stay ? ' stay? ' kad I' din samaa' T I md I'7 kad I' din samaa ' TI I txulaase'?
I amd I' I a I txul aase'? ngyu'lmdl ' xyomd I '
2. Alternate Orderings
'From where came you? ' 'you from where came? ' khanlUle' kha laa kx l? kx l khan lUle' kha laa?
kx I I a I kha lbaa ' mxAAd l I. kx I I a I cu ' kaj u' nAA'sa kha lbaa ' cu' kaj u ' nAA'sa7 mxAAd I I?
kx l kad I' din sammaa ' T I md I'• cu ' nAA'sarl ' kx l kad I' din sammaa ' cu ' nAA'sa rl '? T I md 1'1 98
LESSON 38
'Finding Accommodation in the Vi llage ' 1. cu' nAA'sar kaE caba 'e hoTe '1 'Is there a hote l providing meals in mu u, axxre '? this village?' 2. hoTe 'la axxre '. tar a nAA'sa 'There 's no hotel, but (meals) are jaren yOm. avai lab le around the vi l lage. ' 3. ticholaa' kad i' ru ' byAA 'How many rupees for a meal? ' pa rdimu'? 4. mxor ngi 'bo, mxui ' pxl i', 'Seven moha r, four rupees, it costs chaba 'n par di 'maEn. that much probab ly. ' 5. jxaa le' ro ' bae khlxyolaadi'? 'And as for a place to sleep? ' 6. ro ' bae khlxyolaa mxui ' gxri ' 'One rupee for a place to sleep. ' gaa . 7. ngi xyaadu' biyAA Tibaa ' kha i 'If we go, how do we get a place to tam? stay?' 8. Tiba'e lxaagiri khani'r bile 'Wherever you ask a place is available yOm. for staying. ' (1.e. 'A place to stay is available anywhere you ask. ,)
I'� EW VOCABULARY hoTe '1 'hotel ' -cho 'numeral classifier for meals ' par di'ba 'to cost, must' jxaa le' 'and '
ADDITIONAL VOCABULARY
Ixaudiba , to require ' flOTES
Line 8: khan i 'r...... le expresses a 'wherever ' construction .
BUILD-UP DR I LLS
1. cu ' nAA'sar hoTe '1 mu u axxre'? 'Is there a hote l in this vil lage? ' cu ' nAA'sar kaE caba 'e hoTe '1 'Is there a hotel for eating rice in mu u axxre '? this viHage?' �' . hoTe 'la axxre'. 'There is no hotel. ' hoTe 'la axxre' . tara nAA'sa 'There is not hotel. But you 'll jaren yOm. find (meals) around the viHage. ' 3. chaaba 'n pa r di 'maEn. 'It wi ll possibly cost round about that much. ' mxo r ngi 'bo. mxui ' pxl i' 'Seven mohors, four rupees, it will chaaba 'n pa r di'maEn. cost round about that much. ' 99
4. Tlbaa 'khal tam? 'How is it fop staying?' ngi xyaadu ' biyAA Tibaa ' kha i 'If we should go thepe how will it tam? be fop sleeping?'
SUBST ITUTION DR I LLS
l. ticholaa' kad i ' ru ' byAA 'How much might it cost for par dilaase'? one rice meal? '
ro ' bae khlxyo laa sleeping place? ngxlcho laa two rice meals? baaslaa stay overnight?
2. Tiba' Ixaaglri khanl'r 'Wherever you ask a place for b i Ie yOm. staying is avai lab le. '
x yaale' go prxale' wa lk phenle arrive
3. khani 'r xyaale' axyO '. 'Wherever you go it is not availab le. '
to ' i I a I e Whatever you do kha i lale However you do it khOl ' lale Whenever you do it
TRANSFORM DR ILLS
l. Affirmation Negation
'It 's available round the 'It 's not available round the vi llage. ' village . ' nAA'sa jaren yOm. nAA'sa jaren axyO .
Tim baas Tim ngxyom
2. Question-Answer in Uncertainty Aspects
'How many rupees might it cost?' 'It will probab ly cost four rupees . , kad i ' ru ' byAA pardie? 'mxu i ' p I xi ' par di 'maEn.
Ixaudie? ca idie? 100
LESSON 39
'HoW Do You Spend Your Days in the Vi llage ' 1. kx ie nAA'sar khaile din 'How do you spend (lit : cut ) your tho ' mu? days in the village ?' 2. nxAAkka rna ' ri i biri ' Ii' 'I get up early and wash my face. ' khru 'm. 3. jxa ale'? 'And then? ' 4. ka E cab bxandaa ' 050 ' mrO 'r 'Before eating rice I work in the kxe ' lam. wet fi eld. ' 5. e, nxAAga r kxe ' lam maa? 'Dh, you work in the morning, do you? ' 6. 0, mrO'ri baariri ' kxe ' lam. 'Yes, I work in the wet fi eld and the dry fi eld. ' 7. to ' txi ri khaiba 'e kxe ' lam? 'And what time do you do what kinds of work? ' 8. ca idari ' makhA'E, aa lu' jxOm. 'In the month of ca it (March-April) daa i jeTh, asaarari mlxa, we plant corn and potatoes. Then in naa re ' rU lm. jxaale aru kxe ' jeTh (May-June) and asaar (June-July) lam. kxema Ee ' nAA'sardi? we transp lant rice and millet. Then we do other work. And in your viZZage. ? ' 9. ngi 'e nAA'sara'm chaaba 'e 'As for our village, we don 't do a kxe ' Ixe' axlaa '. lot of that sort of work. '
NEW VOCABULARY nxAAkka rna ' 'early in the ribaa ' 'to get up ' morning ' khru 'ba 'to wash ' Ii' 'face ' mrO ' 'rice paddy ' 050 ' 'before, in front of ' aa lu' 'potatoes ' ma khA'E ' corn, maize ' mlxa 'rice ' .i xOba ' 'to plant ' rUlbaa ' 'to transplant new plants ' naare' 'millet ' chaaba 'e 'that sort of '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY pru'gaE , snack ' mxu I sa 'night '
NOTES
Line 4: cab bxandaa ' 050' : Here the comparative bxand aa ' is used in a time construction bxandaa 050 ' 'before '. cab bxandaa ' pa i Ie' could also be used here . 101
BU ILD-UP DRILLS 1. khaile din tho' mu? 'How do you aut the days? (How do you spend your days?) ' kx ie' nAA'sar khaile din 'In your vil lage how do you spend? ' tho'mu? 2. Ii' khru 'm. '(I) wash (my ) faae. ' nxAAka rna ' ri i bi ri' Ii' 'Early in the morning after rising khru 'm. I wash my fa ae. ' 3. mrO'r kxe ' lam. 'I work in the paddy fi eld. ' kaE cab bxandaa ' 050 ' mrO ' r 'Before eating riae I work in the kxe ' lam. paddy fi eld. ' 4. ca idari makhaE', aa lu' jxOm. 'In ca idra (Marah-April) we plant the aorn and potatoes. ' ca idari ' ma kha 'E, aalu' JxOm. 'In ca idra (Marah-Apri l) we plant the daa i jeTh, asaa'rari mlxa, aorn and potatoes. In jeTh (May naare ' rU lm. June) and asaar (June-Ju ly) we transplant the riae and mi llet. ' ca idari ' ma kha 'E, aalu' jxOm. 'In caidra we plant the aorn and daa i jeTh, asaa'rari mlxa, potatoes. Then in jeTh and asaar n a are' r U 1m. j xa a Ie' a r u we transplant the riae and mi llet. kxe ' lam. And then we do other work. '
SUBST ITUTION DR I LLS
1. rii' biri ' Ii' khru'm. 'Having risen I wash (my ) faae. , Ii' khr u'i biri ' mrO'r kxe ' 'Having washed my fa ae I work in the lam. paddy . ' mrO'r kxe ' lai' biri ' kaE cam. , Having worked in the paddy I eat riae. , kaE ca i' biri ' aru kxe ' lam. 'Having eaten riae I do other work. ' 2. kaE cab bxandaa ' 050 ' a ru 'Before eating riae I do other work. , kxe ' lam. pru' gaE , Before eating a snaak .... ' nesa 'rba kaE , Before eating the evening riae meaL .. ' ro 'b , Before sleeping ... ' 3. nxAAga rna ' kxe ' lam? 'You work in the morning do you? ' nxAAkkarna ' early in the morning txiyAArna ' at midday ... nesa 'rna in the evening mxulsarna ' in the night ... 102
TRANSFORM DR ILLS
l. Before (eat ing ... ) After (eating ... )
, 'Before eating rice I wash 'After eating rice I wash my fa ce. , , my face . kaE cab bxandaa ' 1 i Ud i ' 1 i' khru'm. kaE cab bxandaa ' 050 ' 1 i ' khru'm.
ro ' b ... pukhru ' xyaab ' ... Du 1 d i b ... 103
LESSON 40
'Seeking Directions on the Road ' 1. AAna. 'El.der Sister! ' 2. haju'r 7 'Yes?' 3. bxurj ung kholaa xyaaba 'e 'Which is the road that goes to gxyAA ' khani 'r jaa7 Bhurjung River? ' 4. jxule' xyaa l' txum Thaagu. 'You shoul.d go this way First-Born cha le xyaad. chale xyaad. Son . Go in that manner. ' 5. cAA khani 'r dana mudi'7 'And in what direction is the bamboo bridge ?' 6. cAA cu ' pxrirna mu . jxule' 'The bamboo bridge is bel.ow here. xyaa 1 txum. You 'n have to go in this direction. ' 7. kat i' gxanTa 'de lxaudila ase7 'Approximatel.y how many hours do you think it wil.l. take?' 8. gxanTa ' gxr ide' lxaudimaEn. 'Approximatel.y one hour probabl.y . ' 9. xyaa i' biri ' ekha l khAA'm u 'Having gone is it possibl.e to return axkhxAA '7 (in the same day), or not? ' 10. ka d i' battii togo '7 'What time is it now? ' (Lit : 'How much has struck? ')
11. (3) ti 'n batti i. 'Three 0 'cl.ock. ' 12. chabi 'yAA sa 'njan khAA'm. 'In that case (you 'l.l.) be abl.e (to return ) by evening . '
NEW VOCABULARY kholaa 'river ' cAA 'bamboo bridge ' dana , direction ' gxanTa ' 'hour ' kadi ' bat tii 'What time is it?' sa 'njan 'evening '
NOTES
Line 3: The gerundive phrase kholaa xyaaba 'e gxyAA ' could be more literally translated as the 'river going road '. Line 5: khan ir dana is an alternate question form to khanir Uld.
SUBSTITUTION DRI LLS
1. bhurj ung khola xyaaba 'e gxyAA ' 'Which is the road that goes to khan ir jaa7 Bhurjung river?' pukhru' Pokhara? kadaa 'sU the mountain? cAA the bamboo bridge? hoTe 'l hote l.? 104
2. jxule' xyaal' txum. 'You ''l'l have to go in thi8 direation. ' pxra 1 ' wa H mxael 8earah 3. ka t i' gxanTa 'de lxaudi laase? 'About how many hour8 wi 'l'l it probab 'ly take?' dinde day8 haptade week8 mxa inade month8 saa'lde year8
TRANSFORM DRILLS
l. Negative Stated Negative not Stated
'Having gone are you ab 'le to 'Having gone are you ab'le to return
return 01' not abl e?' 01' (not ab le) ?' xyaa i ' b i ri ' ekha l khAA 'm u xyaa i ' b i r i ' ekhal khAA 'm u? axkhAA'?
baas Til khw i ' 1 hoTe 'l yOm u axyO '?
2. One Approximation Two Approximations
'It wiH probably take about 'It wiH probab ly take about one 01' one hour. , two hour8 . , gxanTa gxr ide' lxaudimaEn. gxanta gxr ide' ngxl 'de lxaudimaEn.
hapta mxa i na til s aa ' 1 gxride' tigaEde 105
LESSON 41
'Visiting a New Vi llage ' 1. kx ie dxl ' khani 'r jaa1 'Where is your house ?' 2. nga 'e dxl 'm yO 'jgui xa ri '. 'My house is over towards Yanjakot. ' 3. khani ' phekhai 'di, cu ' 'And for what reason have you come nAA'sari1 to this village? ' 4. xyu l ngxyoba r khalu. 'To come to look at the district. ' 5. ta 'le1 kx i cu ' nAA'sar khOl ' 'Why ? Is it what you 've never come axkha 'ngyU u to jaa1 to this vi l lage or what? ' 6. 0, khOl ' axkha ' laa. balla a 'Yes. I've never come here. At pa ile'bae laa yaa . cu ' last this is the first time (I 've nAA'sar cabaa ', ro 'ba lxaag ir come) . Is there a place for eating kh l xyo yOm u, axyO '1 and sleeping availab le or not? ' 7. yOm, ciba a'. kxi to 'i nxU 'It 's avai lable, Sir . You don 't have no 'laa axtxu, to 'ndorin yOm. to worry about anything . Everything is available. ' 8. caba 'laa khaile mu , ro ' bae 'As for the eating, how is it; and kh lxyo laa khaile mu? for the sleeping place, how is that? ' 9. caba'laa daa laa khu'ne kaE 'For eating: if you eat lentil soup cadu ' biyAA mxui ' sO ' mu . with your rice it costs three rupees. tara na 'ga sene kaE cadu' But if you eat chicken meat with your biyAA mxui ' ngxaa ' mu . rice it costs five rupees. ' 10 . 0, chabi 'du biyAA daalaa 'O. K. In that case I wi ll eat lentil khu 'ne kaE cam. ca ' dxl ' soup with the rice. Where is that khani 'r jaa1 ca 'e ml to'jaa? house? What is his name ? Please gaa raa axmxAAd ilIe sebxln' 01 don 't be offended but please tell me, O. K. ?' 11. 0, 0 tam. 'Yes, yes, that 's O. K. '
NEW VOCABULARY xa r i ' 'towards ' xyu la 'district, area ' khO I ' 'never ' ba I I aa 'finally ' no 'ba 'to carry ' cibaa ' , sir, chief sebaa ' 'to tell' (term of respect) se 'meat ' nxU 'worry ' laa/la ari 'time, occasion ' to' ndorin 'every thing '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY baa ra 'day of the week ' 106
NOTES
Line 3: phekhai 'di: The stem phe 'to arrive ' is conj oined with khabaa ' 'aoming ' to give 'arriving here '. phenei in Lesson 9 meaning 'arrive there (going away) '. Line 9: -ne 'with ' is a comitative case particle , expressing accompani ment . Line 10 : The -bxln suffix on seba 'to tell' is a benefactive particle implying that an action is done on behalf of another . If the main verb has the pluperfect -I ( Ia) ending bxlba' has a permissive sense : sebxln 'please tell me '; sel bxln please allow me to tell '. gaa raa axmxAAd il Ie is a phrase which is frequently used when a request is being made . It means literally 'not aounting it diffiault ' but loosely means 'don 't be offended ' or 'don 't be annoyed'.
SUBSTITUTION DRI LLS
l. khu -ne kaE cam. 'With aurry juiae I eat riae.
daa la -ne lenti ls pattu' Txaa -ne asparagus aurry aa lu Txaa -ne potato aurry na 'ga se -ne ahiaken meat ma 'gi se -ne buffa lo meat
2. AAma -ne baa lun xyaa i . , I went with mother. '
aaba -ne fa ther. nAA'ni -ne eldest sister. axgxl ' -ne eldest brother . axgxE ' -ne elde st sister. aa Ii -ne younger brother. AAna -ne elder sister. Angaa ' -ne younger sister. 107
TRANSFORM DRILLS
l. Arriving, Coming Arriving, Going
'When did you arrive (here) ?' 'When did you arrive (there)?' khOyO ' phekhai 'di7 khOyO ' phenei 'di7
kha i Ie When khabne Who with to ' baarari On what day
2. Benefactive Permissive
'Don 't be offended but pLease 'Don 't be offended but pLease Let ten me. , me teLl..' gaaraa axmxAAd i l Ie sebxln. gaaraa axmxAAd ille sel bxln.
bibxln (speak) Ulbxln (show) no 'bxln (carry ) 108
LESSON 42
, A Brahmin Wedding ' 1. ca ' to' lab jaa chale xraaba7 'What are they playing like that for ?'
2. byaa labaa '. , A wedding. ' 3. to ' maEI jaa7 'Of what aaste is tha t? ' 4. bommaElaa. 'Of the Brahmins . ' 5. tamuma 'Elaa xraam u axrxaa7 'Do they play for Gurungs or not?' 6. axrxaa . axtaa' ro. 'No . It is not appropriate they say . 7. ta 'le axtaa '7 'Why is it not appropriate? ' 8. xraadu biyAA chuDidi ' xyaam 'If they play, (the aoup le) wi ll ro I. divorae, it is said. '
9. I iUd aa7 'Later? ' 10 . 0, liUd i '. , Yes, later. '
NEW VOCABULARY xraaba 'to play an instrument' maE 'people ' byaa 'wedding ' chuDidiba' 'to separate, to run away '
NOTES
This lesson does not include any new grammatical patterns . Opportunity should be taken to review previous lessons and to concen trate on drilling constructions which have not as yet been assimilated . 109
LESSON 43
'The Hen and the Marten ' 1. ca ' na 'ga ta 'ie kodob jaa7 'Why is that hen cackling?' 2. dxUri ' khamaE'n. 'Perhaps a marten is coming. 3. dxUri ' bibaa to' jaa7 'What is a marten?' 4. kx id axsengyU ' waa7 'You don 't know? ' 5. axsxe', khaiba' tam7 'No, what is it Zike?' 6. khaa 'gae nimudO byOb tam. 'It Zooks somewhat Zike a rat. But tara ca 'laa mi bU bU xyaaba ', in its case, the taiZ goes fZuffy , nimu bxandaa ' te' thebrE ' tam. (and) it 's a bit bigger than a rat. ' 7. ca ' na 'ga ma ttre ' Ixaam u7 'Does it hunt onZy fowZs? ' 8. 0, na 'ga jxaga ' Jau ma ttre' 'Yes, it catches onZy baby chickens . ' kxaam. 9. dxUr i' khani 'r Tim7 'Where does a marten Zive? ' 10 . bAAnu khU'ri, nxO ' ka llAA 'ri 'In hoZes in the stone wa tt, (and) khU ' thOI Tim. in the terrace wa ZZs it makes hoZes and Zives there . '
NE�� VOCABULARY
kodoba 'to cackZe of a hen ' thObaa ' 'to make a hoZe ' dxU r i ' 'marten ' jau '(cr. jaga ) plural' bU bU xyaaba ' 'to be fZuffed up ' kxaaba 'to catch, seize ' te' 'a tittZe ' bAAnu , stone wa Z Z ' Ixaaba 'to hunt, to drive khU ' 'hoZe ' out ' nxO ' 'fZat pZot of paddy fi eZds ' j xaj a' 'offspring - of ka IIAA ' 'paddy watt' animaZs '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY
xrlgyo 'Zong ' ranTh i ' 'short '
NOTES Line 6: nimudO byOb tam: -dO byOba is a construction expressing simi larity . llO
SUBSTITUTION DRI LLS
l. nimu -dO byOb tam. , It is just tike a rat. '
na 'ga -dO hen . AAma -dO mo ther. aaba -dO fa ther. aa 1 i -dO younger brother.
2. nim u bxandaa ' te ' thebrE ' 'Compared with a rat it is a little tam. larger. '
cisi r i ' smaller. xrlgyo long. ranThi short. 111
LESSON 44
'Protection of the Cane Forrests ' l. 5 a a r 9 i ' ma E 1 a i mo ' pxEwaa i 'They 've seized the leather workers ' bimdi xwaa '? cane they say . Is that so? ' 2. 0, saar gi 'maElai ma ttre ' 'Yes, Not only the leather workers axngxl ' ro o prxiUba 'e its said. It 's said that they 've also tamUma ' E 1 aad i ' yaa pxEwaai ro . seized the cane of the lower (dwell- ing) Gurungs too. ' 3. xO , ngada 'm axsxe' , mx ijagad 'Really? I didn 't know that. I bii ga theelaa, ta 'le pxEe? heard it only from other people. Why would they be seizing it? ' 4. ca 'm ma ldab cha ledi ', mo ' 'The meaning is like this. They were xr I gyo ranTh i' kha i ba ' yOmu , cutting cane, long or short, just chaaba 'n tho'wa ai'. phe' r i however they fo und it. Again, in din dinu xyaaba ', mo ' tAAn ' getting it every day the cane was nuwaa i' roo chatasi pxEwaa i', finished they said. Because of that they seized it. 5. 0, ba llaa ma ldab thaa sei . 'Oh. Now I understand. (know the meaning) . ' 6. tiyAA 'm saargima'Edam 'Today the leather workers have put panjyeda 'r darkhaastaa in a petition to the counci l. ' j xOngngyU ' . 7. jxO'rge we , ngxyo' lai to' 'Let them put it in. What is that tarimu? to us?' 8. dilen to ' to ' bibmanaa ' 'Anyway whatever is said let 's go theeba 'r xyaa le' o'? and hear O.K .?' 9. theenle sidi '. kha i khai 'Let 's go and hear. How shall it lammanaa ' . be done (resolved) .' 10 . nga kaE ca i' biri ' kx i ngaar 'Having eaten rice , I'll come to your kham aa? house O.K. ?' 11. 0, 0 tam. 'Yes, yes O. K. '
NEW VOCABULARY saargi ' leather worker ' mo ' 'rattan ' pxE ba 'to snatch away ' theeba 'to' hear ' ma ldab/madlab 'meaning ' din dinu 'daily ' nubaa ' 'to finish ' panjyeda ' 'vil lage council ' darkhaastaa 'petition ' d i 1 en 'anyway '
NOTES
Line 1: pxEwaai 'snatched ', waabaa ' in the compound verb gives emphasis . Line 8: dilen 'anyway ' is a sentence conj unction. 112
LEssotl LIS
'The Cane Mat ' 1. cu ' pxyo waa? 'Is this a pxyo? ' 2. axngxl ', bxagaa 'ri yAA . 'No, it 's a bxagaari.' 3. khanir bomu , cu ' bxagaa 'ri? 'Where are you taking it, this bxagaari?' 4. kha laa'ri. 'To the threshing fZoor. ' 5. ta ' 1 e bo 1 txu i ? 'Why do you have to take it? ' 6. khala'r tiba'e lxaagiri. 'To spread it at the threshing fZoor. ' 7. khala'r tii' to' lamu? 'Having spread it out what wiZZ you do ? ' 8. mlx a xobaa '. 'Thresh the riae (by beating) . ' 9. bxagaa 'ri axti 'yAA to ' tam? 'If you don 't spread a bxagaa ri what wi n happen ?' 10. phoxo r tam. , It ge ts dirty. '
NEW VOCABULARY pxyo 'mat woven of fi ne rattan bxagaa 'ri 'mat of Zess fine rattan (about 2.5 x 1.5 metres ) ' (about 4 x 1.2 metres)' khalaa' 'threshing fZoor ' xobaa ' 'to thresh by beating ' tiba' 'to spread out ' phoxor ' dirt '
BUILD-UP DRILLS
1. khan i 'r bomu? 'Where are you taking it? ' khani 'r bomu , cu ' bxagaa 'ri? 'Where are you taking it? This aane mat ?' 2. to ' tam? 'What wi ZZ happen? ' bxa gaa 'ri axt i 'yAA to ' tam? 'If you don 't spread out a bakaari what wiZZ happen? ' 3. to ' lamu? 'What do you do ?' khala'r tii' to' lamu? 'Having spread it on the threshing what do you do ?' 113
SUBST ITUTION DR I LLS
1. cu ' pxyo waa? 'Is this a finely woven mat? '
kodaal i' hoe ? AAs i ' sickle? kxoj aa kukhri knife . pi 0 i verandah. pxi open weave carrying basket? ku rgu ' open weave chicken penning basket?
2. bxa gaa ' r i axt i 'yAA to tam? 'If you don 't spread the mat what wi lt happen? '
maE axthU' yAA drink the medicine sAAj u' khuj i' axyO ' yAA find the lock and key tonDaa ' axthu ' yAA collect the fern tAA axngyu ' iyAA ask about the matter 114
LESSON 46
'Making Saurkraut' 1. labu ' pxo pl il waa , kaneh i"? 'Have you taken off the radish l.eaves, youngest sister? ' 2. 0, nAA'ni. 'Yes, First-born sister. ' 3. ta 'le tAAn ' pl ildi'? 'Why did you take it al.l.? ' 4. gUndru lab bii pl i lau. 'Saying, "I wil.l. make saurkraut" I picked them. ' 5. tilna'm te' ehenle 'Nowadays it's not quite fu l.l. grown . ' axe i 'ngngyU. 6. tu 'sidi '. ngad 'm pl iwaa i di. 'I don 't know! As for me, I have taken them off. ' 7. tilna' pl iba'm gUndru . 'If you take them now you wi l.l. spoil. nxOxyaam. the saurkrau t. ' 8. xO? ehabi' yAAm exagan pl il 'Oh? If that is the case, I shoul.d txu i . onl.y take this much (is it?) . 9. exagan pI i d, nxOxyaam. 'Take onl.y this much, (otherwise) it 'H spoiz.. ' 10 . ehAAn lal txui . 'I'l.l. have to do it that way . '
NEW VOCABULARY labu' 'radish ' gUndru 'saurkraut ' pxo , l.eaves' e i baa ' 'mature, of pl.ants ' pI i ba ' 'to take off ' nxOba 'to break, spoil. ' 115
LESSON 47
'Moving a Cow Shed ' 1. khani' xyaamu '? 'Where are you going?' 2. pha rgu tho'bar xyaam'. 'I 'm going to aut some uprights. ' 3. baar thu'b u TaaldU' labaa '? 'For putting up a fenae or making a aattl.e staH? ' 4. mxe'e pxrO Taa ldU' labaa ' , For mending a aow stall. I'm taking baa ' . mxe ' pxrO ku ' syO the aow shed to the edge of the t i ' ra r boma u . river. ' 5. khoyO ' plngngy U' , pxrO ku ' bae 'When did they announae (Lit : give ) dinami? the day for moving aattle sheds?' 6. kya 20 ngxisyu xyaa 'male bae 'They 've said to move them on Friday su'krabaara ' ku 'd bingngyU . 20th. ' 7. nxAAkka rna ' ku ' d ro u? 'Did they say to move them early in the morning or (what) ?' 8. axngxl '. txiyAA pre'bi seba 'e 'No. Round about sunrise they said tx i khaau ku ' d b i ngngyU . to move them. ' 9. prxOchaE khab mudi ', kx ilaa? 'Who is your aow herdsman?' 10 . ta pakha 'rbae bomaE ko lo' 'I 've emp loyed the Brahman ahil.d who gxri ' jxOngngyU '. Lives up there in the grazing fie lds. ' 11 . 0, 0 xe. 'Oh. Yes. '
NEW VOCABULARY chaE 'herdsman, shepherd ' baa r 'fenae ' thu' ba 'to put up a sareen, TaaldU' 'to mend, repair ' barrier or partition ' mxe ' 'aow ' pxrO 'aattle shelter ' syO 'river, stream ' t i ' ra 'edge of river or ku 'ba 'to move, shift, stream ' transport' su ' krabaaraa ' 'Friday ' kya 'that, over there, pre'ba 'to shine ' spatial. and temporal. ' pakhaa 'r 'grazing fi elds khaau/khaagu 'round about (spatial above vil.lage ' and temporal. ' prxOchaE 'herdsman '
NOTES
Line 8: txiyAA pre'bi seba 'e txi : -bi seba is an auxiliary expressing that something is ab out to happen. -ba khO 'male' using the verb khO 'ba 'to enter ' is used similarly . 116
TRANSFORM DRI LLS
l. Alternate forms of 'about to ... , Construction
'At the time when the sun is about to set. , txiyAA pre'bi seba 'e txi r i txiyAA prebar khOmale'
gUndru 1 ab i seba 'e txi r i pxo pI i b i seba 'e txi r i bxagaa 'r t i b i seba 'e txi r i mo ' pxEbi seba 'e tx i r i 117
LESSON 48
'Getting Grass for the Buffalo ' 1. chi ta 'le cxaga bxui laa'? 'Why did you bring (only) this much grass? ' 2. beseri nAA ' yu 'i ch i tho' laa 'It rained a lot and I couldn 't axyO ' . (chop) cut grass. ' 3. naa ' banaUda 'i yu 'i waa? 'Did it rain in the jungle?' 4. 0, beseri yu ' i. nAA'sardi? 'Yes, it rained a lot. And in the vi llage ? ' 5. jxuda 'i khaa 'gae ma ttre' yu ' i. 'This side it on ly came a little. ' 6. taada' m beser i baaD i ta i. 'Up there though, it got very heavy (lit : became a flood). ' 7. ta ' 1 e tAAn chaaba ' e ch i 'Why did you bring all this sort of bxuilaa'? grass? ' 8. ngi 'e ma 'gida'm chaaban baaek 'As for our buffa lo, she won 't eat a ru axca '. any other kind. ' 9. aru chi axca ' waa? 'She doesn 't eat other grass?' 10. axcaa '. 'No. '
NEW VOCABULARY
ma 'gi 'buffalo ' aru/arko/a rgo 'other ' baaek 'except for '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY
khobaa ' 'to like '
NOTES
Line 8: The use of baaek in an 'except for ' construction.
TRANSFORM DRILL
1. Without exception clause. With exception clause.
'As for our buffa lo, she 'As for our buffa lo, except for this won 't eat anything else. , sort, she won 't eat anything else. ng i 'e ma 'gida'm aru axca ' . ng i 'e ma 'gida'm chaaban baaek aru axca ' .
axthU ' (drink) axkho ' (like) axmxae (seek) 118
LESSON 49
'Buying a BuffaZo ' 1. kx ie ma 'gi saa ' xyaai waa '? 'Your buffa Zo has mated, has it?' 2. axxyaangngyU ', ta ' Ie? 'No, why?' 3. cU 'm mu i u, bisyaalaa. 'Wondering (Lit : saying ) might you seZZ it or (not) ?' 4. se caba 'r u, nxaba? 'To eat meat, or to keep (the animaZ) ?' 5. saei ' cab tajo'n. 'To kH Z and eat it of course. , 6. ngxe ti' brA pl lna mu . tilna' 'You see it 's giving a UtHe bit of
axcxU ' • mi Zk. I won 't seH it today . ' 7. tiwaar samma ' ngxaarab waa '? 'It 'H probabZy dry up by the fe stivaZ of Tihar, won 't it? '
8. t u ' 5 i , kha i lam? '1 don 't know, what wiZZ it do ?' 9. exam samma ' ngxaaryAA ng i I a i 'If it dries up by then pZease give pin 0 ' ? it to us. ' 10. ngxaaryAA plbaadi . 'If it dries up I'ZZ give it, certainZy . '
NEW VOCABULARY
saa 'ba 'to ma te ' ngxaa rba 'to dry up ' nxaba 'to keep, Zook after ' saeba 'to ki ZZ ' t u ' 5 i , I don 't know '
NOTES
Line 5: tajo'n: The -jo'n suffix is an emphatic certaintive particle . 'rhe same meaning could have been expressed as saei cajo'n. Line 6: The use of -na 'discovery aspect ' on the verb 'to give ' gives the gloss '� see it 's giving a ZittZe mi Zk '.
TRANSFORM DRI LLS
1. Alternate Use of -jo'n for Emphasis
'Having kiZZed it to eat it of course !' saei cab taJo 'n saei cajo'n
ch i kha 'EI bxuib tajo'n '(Having cut the grass to bring it down of course!) ' pxo pi i i j xOb' tajo'n. '(Having pick�d the Zeaves to put them in of course!) ' bxa gaa 'ri t ii' xob tajo'n '(Having spread the mat to thresh of course!) ' 119
LESSON 50
'Buying a BuffaLo ' 1. kad i' xrEgobae saaidu' jaa7 'How far are you going? ' 2. nga rna xUnbyAAs i jare xyaado 'I 'm thinking to go down round ngxAAsyaaba . Hunbassi. ' 3. ta 'le ? xyaal ' txubae kxe ' mu 'Why ? Do you have work you have to waa? do there ?' 4. 0, ngxe thU' bae ma 'gi OyAAgra 'Yes, saying perhaps I wiLL Look fo r gxride' mxaene u biyaabaa. one thin mi L king buffa Lo (lit : mi Lk drinking ) . 5. ngxyo laa' dxl r' ngxe plba'e 'Is there no mi Lk-giving buffa Lo in ma 'gi axxre ' waa '? our house ?' 6. 0, gxri ' mu laa. ca lm 'WeLL there was one but it has dried ngxaarxyaade . chat ai ' biri ' up . Therefore I am thinking to Look aargo ' gxr ide' mxae u for another one . ' b i syaabaa ' . 7 . xe . chabi 'yaam gxrim' 'Oh. In that aase, one is needed of ca idijo'n. course. ' 8. 0, chabi 'i biri ' yu 'ldi . yOm, 'Yes, having said thus I have come xo 9 i' axyO ' xo? (from above). Wi LL there be one avaiLab Le or not? ' 9. xyaa=sya yOm gxrim' yOmaen chale. ' Having gone there you wilt probab Ly find one to be avaiLab Le . ' 10. to' xo? to' xod i '? 1 u' d i , 'What wilt happen? What wi lt happen? , xyaad ' 0 ' • We H, you go then. 11. 0, O. chenle xyaad' . 'Yes, yes. Go weLL ,
NEW VOCABULARY saa idu 'departure on a journey ' OyAAg ra 'thin ' xo/tabaa ' 'to be ' ngxAAba 'to think, fe eL '
NOTES Line 2: xyaado ngxAAba is acconstruction to express that one was think ing of doing something. When a 3rd person construction is being used then it becomes xyaamdo ngxAAba . Line 3: biyaabaa : variant of bisyaabaa . Line 6: ngxaarxy aade: the -de suffix is an emphatic form of past tense - i . Line 8: xo gi ' axyO 'xo borrows the Nepali ho ki? Alternatively the Gurung construction, yOm nge ' u axyO ' nge could be used. Similarly in Line 10 ho is used. 120
TRANSFORM DRILLS
1. Thinking that ... 1st person 3rd person
'I was thinking to go . , 'I was thinking he wouZd go . ' xyaado ngxAA i xyaamdo ngxAA i
chi bxu ido ngxAA i (bring grass down ) ma 'gi saedo ngxAA i (KH Z a buffaZo) ko lo' gxr i j xOdo ngxAA i (emp Zoy a chiZd)
2. Alternate form of Conj unctive Participle
'Thinking I'd go ... ' using -syaaba using b i r i '
xyaado ngxAAsyaaba .•. xyaado ngxAA i b i r i ..•
kaE cado ngxAAsyaaba xyaado ngxAA i b i r i (I 'd eat rice) theedo ngxAAsyaaba (I 'd hear) gUndru lado ngxAAsyaaba (I 'd make saurkraut) 121
LESSON 51
'A Lost Buffalo' 1. khan i' xyaalaa' cxijyO? 'Where have you been, little Youngest Son ? ' 2. ma 'gi mxaeba r xyaala'u. , I've been to look for the buffa lo. ' 3. ma 'gi mxaxyaa i' waa? 'Is the buffa lo lost? ' 4. 0, phugaa r ca rge b i i p i ' I aa ' Yes, Having said "Let it graze in khan i' xyaa i? khan i' xyaai '? the fa llow fi elds " I let it loose. Where has it gone ? Where has it gone? ' 5. talaa'na cu khaagu kha laa. 'Before, it came around here . As for togo 'm axmro '. now, I haven 't seen it. ' 6. khani 'r mrOlaa? 'Where di d you see it? ' 7. 0' ca mrO'ri. , In that paddy . ' 8. ngal mattre' u, aargo' maE lai 'Mine only, or were there other mu laa? people 's also?' 9. kxi l nero' ba idaar al mu laa. 'Yours and Baidara 's were there. ' 10 . ngxlna' ngxl n' baalun muwaa? 'The two were together, were they?' 11 . 0, mu . 'Yes, they were. '
NEW VOCABULARY phugaar 'grazing avai lab le on edges talaa 'earlier, before ' of harvested, previous ly baalu/baalun 'together ' enc losed, fie lds '
NOTES Line 10 : ngxlna' ngxl n' 'the two together, both ': when used on numbers the suffix -na ' ... -n' emphasises a comb ined grouping. e.g. sO 'na' sOn ' ... 'the three together, all three '. This suffix also occurs on
. . verbs (xyaana ' xyaan ') to denote protracted action: , g07-ng g07-ng... ,
SUBST ITUT ION DR I LLS
1. ngxln a' ngxl n' baalu'n mu la. 'The two were together. ,
ngxaana ' ngxaan ' All fi ve plxina' plxin' All four sOna ' sOn All three 122
2. xyaana ' xyaan' gxyAA mxa xyaa i. 'Going and going they Zost their way . '
pxrana ' pxran' Wa Zking and wa Zking pO 'na pO 'n' Ta Zking and taZking tAA lana ' Ian Chatting and ahat ting 123
LESSON 52
'Tying Up Wood Bundtes'
1. 0 mxo . 'Oh, brother-in- law (=Younger Sister 's Husband) . 2. xwe ' aasyO . 'Yes, brother-in- taw (=Wife 's Brother) . 3. to ' lari laa7 'Wha t are you doing?' 4. to ' 1 abaa ' , cha len kU 'ri lau. 'What am I doing ? Just sitting.
1 xa u kU ' kho ' • Come on, aome and sit. ' 5. nge' mxo . kx i 1 am 5 I ' phw i ' i 'O.K. , brother-in- taw. Have you axphw i ' mxo7 tied up the fi rewood or not, brother in ta w? ' 6. axphw i 'ngngyU ' aasyO . 'I 've not tie d (them) bro ther-in -taw. ' 7. khoyO ja're phw i 'mdi7 'Approxima tety when wi tZ you tie it then? ' 8. dxe'r o ngxigaE sOgaE 1 i Ud 'I'tZ probab Zy tie it up two or phwi 'en. three days from now . ' 9. ngala'm Ulna' phwi 'se kul 'As fo r me, I finished tying up and khAA' I. moving it a whiZe ago. ' 10. xo , kx i 1 am Ulna' syu 'gul 'Oh, you before finished the wood khAA' 1 waa '7 aarting, did you? '
1l. 0, syu ' gubxl de ' • 'Yes, I've aarried it aZZ, fo r them . ' 12 . chab i 'yAA lxen ' sxajo 'ndi. 'In, that aase, you are in a very good state. ' 13. 1 u' d i mxo , ngam xyaam' . 'WetZ, brother-in- taw, I'm going. ' 14. ngye ' , chenle xyaad' 0 • '0. K. , go welL ' 15 . 0, O. 'O.K. , O.K. '
NEW VOCABULARY mxo 'brother-in- law, son-in- phwiba 'to tie up ' taw (husband of younger dxe'ro 'from now on ' sister or da ughter) , UI 'a few days ago ' aasyO 'brother-in- law (wife 's brother) , syu ' guba 'to aarry '
NOTES Line 9: the -en suffix on phwiba is the 1st person form of the p�obabila�ive aspect, of which 3rd person form (lesson 31) is -maEn'. 124
TRANSFORM DRI LLS
l. 1st person probabi1ative 3rd person probabi1ative
, I wiH probab ly tie them up 'He wi ll probab ly tie them up after three days. ' after three days. ' sOgaE 1 i Ud phwi 'en sOgaE 1 i Ud phwi 'maEn'
xyaaen ' (go) ca idien (needed) caen (eat) t i en (spread out)
2. 1st person probabi1ative 1st person certaintive
, After three days I'H ' After three days I'H certainly probab ly tie them up . , tie them up . ' sOgaE 1 i Ud phw i 'en sOgaE 1 i Ud phwi ' syo
ku 'en (shift) nuen (finish) plen (give) laen (do) 125
LESSON 53
'Borrowing Money ' ' 1. 0 , mxA I 1 i ! 'Oh, Second born daughter! ' 2. haju'r, txa ajy O. 1 xa u' dxI ' 'Ye8, Unc le/Older brother. Come nxOU kU ' kho' . khan i' in8ide and sit down . What do you phekha i, khO' 1 axkha 'bae mx i7 want, you who never come here ? (Lit : where have you come to?) ' 3. ngam kxe ' gxri ' pa r dii' biri ' 'A8 for me, some work having ari8en, kha laa. I've come . ' 4. bisidi '. to ' ja7 'Speak. What i8 it? ' 5. ngala'm ko lo' na 'i biri ' saar 'My chi ld has become very ill. I tadi'. pukhru 'r bomal'a. would have taken it to Pokhara (but) pa i saa ' ti 'phU I axxre '. I have not one 8ing le pice. So I've chatai biri ' kx ine pr i' come wondering whether it might be pa i saa ' cxaude kh i'b yOm u, p08sible or not to borrow a little bi i biri khalaa . money from you. ' 6. kho ' i, txaaj yO , nganem pa i saa ' 'Well Unc le, I do not have a lot of lxe' axrxe '. mxwi ' ngxaj yu 'd money. If R8 . 50/- would be enough, yu 'm biyAA bodu. take that. ' 7. cxagan bile pino. ngam 'Then jU8t give me that much. A8 for khAAj o' ta i. me, I'm broke . ' 8. na'di tara ti 'syaamale' 'There, but plea8e return it in a ' labxln' 0 . little time won 't you. ' 9. 0, 0, labxl syo' . daa i ngadna ' 'Certainly I wi ll do it. I wi ll sa ' kham. xosyaa ngam bele gUn bring it my8elf. Thank you indeed. mxAAd i i j a . 1 u 1 u' mxA I li T i d I'm very grateful. We ll, 8econd ' 0 , ngam xyaam. daughter stay here, I am going. ' 10 . 0, 0, txaajyO xyaad '. 'Yes Unale, then go. '
NEW VOCABULARY nxO 'in8ide ' nep r i ' 'with ' cxaude 'ju8t such a little ' kh i 'ba 'to lend, to borrow (without yu ' ba 'to be sufficient ' intere8t) , ' gUn 'gratitude ' khAAj 0 'need, laak ' xOsyaa 'expression of joy and sa ' dEba 'to esaort ' relief'
NOTES Line 5: pukhru'r bomala': The -mala' suffix marks 'unreal' aspect, a contrary to fact situation . 'I would have taken him to Pokhara (but I didn 't beaau8e I had no money) !' -ne pri is an alternate form of the 126
comitative case -ne ( lesson 44) . Other forms are -ne baa lu and mane. Line 8: ti 'syaamale' 'after a whi te '; -male' 'after ' marks 'concurrent action ' when a verb suffix: nAA' yu 'male' nga ca ' khlxyor mu laa 'White it was raining I was in that ptace. ' Line 9: sa ' kham is a compound verb . The first part to derived from sa ' dEba 'to escort '. In the compounding with khaba ' 'to come ' part of the stem is elided .
BUI LD-UP DR ILLS
1. khan i' phekha i, khO ' I 'What do you want, you who never axkha 'bae mx i7 come here?' Ixau ' dxl ' nxOU kU ' kho' . 'Come inside and sit down . What do khan i' phekha i, khO ' I you want, you who never come here? ' axkha 'bae mx i7 haju'r, txaajyO . Ixau' dxl ' 'Yes, Unc te? Come inside and sit nxOU kU ' kho' . khan i' down . What do you want, you who phekha i, khO' I axkha ' bae never come here?' mx i7 2. pa isaa ' cxaude kh i 'b yOm u 'I've come, wondering whether it bii biri ' khalaa. might be possibte or not to borrow just a titHe bit of money . ' kx ine pri ' pa lsaa ' cxaude 'I 've come, wondering whether it kh i 'b yOm u bii biri ' might be possibte or not to borrow kha laa. from you just a tittle bit of money. ' pa isaa' ti 'phUI axxre'. 'I have not one single pice. So I've chata i biri' kxine pri ' come, wondering whether it might be pa isaa ' cxa ude kh i'b yOm possible or not to borrow from you u bii biri ' kha laa. just a tittle bit of money. ' ngala'm ko lo' na 'i biri ' saar 'My child has become very ill. I tadi'. pukhru 'r bomal 'a. would have taken it to Pokhara pa i saa ' ti 'phU I axxre ' (but) I have not one single pice. chatai biri ' kxine pri' So I've come, wondering whether it pa isaa ' cxaude kh i'b yOm u, might be possible or not to borrow bi i biri kha laa. from you a little money. ' 127
TRANSFORM DRI LLS
l. Past Aspect Unreal Aspect
, 'I took him to Pokhara . 'I would have taken him to Pokhara . ' Pukhru'r bolaa. Pukhru'r bomalaa.
Tilaa (8 tay) yOlaa (available) phwi ' laa (tie up) ku ' I aa (move) 128
LESSON 54
'Let 's Go to the Sleeping House ' 1. chyo ' rodlr xyaale'. 'Come ! Let 's go to the sleeping house. ' 2. khani 'r. axxyaa '. nxa r yu ' i. 'Where? (I 'm) not going . (I 'm) tired. ' 3. caU1U nAA'sar xe . naa 'jai 'You know! To Chyang lung village . se 'b ro tiyAA'mi , xyaale 0'7 They say they are going to dance today. Come on, let 's go . ' 4. tu 'sidi. kha i 1 abnge , nxa ru 'I don 't know - what to do ? I am yu 'ba7 tired. ' 5. chi'n dri se'b ngxyob gaa . '(The idea) is to watch the dance fo r daa i ro ' ri lesi. axta ' waa7 a little while and then we should sleep. Isn 't that O. K .?' 6. chale tama'laa. tara pxana 'I guess that would be all right. nxAAga r kxaedu biyAA dxlmma'Ed But if I'm late tomorrow morning the xaudim. kha i labaa '7 peop le of the house will be angry . What to do ?' 7 . nxAAkka rna ' rii' biri' kha l 'Well, we 'll just have to get up txuman. chale. early in the morning and come . Like that. ' 8. 0, yuman rii' khaga ' ngxAAm. 'Yes, I want to rise and come early tara nxaru ml E'Do xyaadu ' but if I overs leep I wi l l be late. ' biyAA kxae xyaam. 9. ca ' dxl rba 'e mxine baa lu "0 ' 'In that case we 'll have to ask the bxuj yu ', ngilai yuman riwaad" people of that house "0 Grandmother bi l txuman . please wake us up early". 10 . chabi 'yAA chyo ' sidi ' xyaale' . 'In that case, come let 's go. '
NEW VOCABULARY
rod I 'sleeping house, n)(a r 'weariness' teenagers ' dormitory ' ch i'nd ri 'a short while ' nxa r yu 'ba 'to be tired ' (Lit : se 'ba 'dance ' weariness coming down) ' xa udiba 'to scold ' kxaeba 'to be late '
NOTES
Line 3: The use of xe functions simi larly to 'you know ' in English discourse - seeking affirmation or recognition from the hearer . Line 5: ror iles i 'we should sleep ': the -ri suffix, in a hortatory verb , conveys an anxiety to avoid offence (e.g. xyaa rid 0', nga 1 il i 129
kham 'PZeaee go on, I'ZZ fo ZZow. ' ) . The -si suffix likewise conveys a polite request , or advice (e.g. chaan bisi 'you ehouZd say thus '). Line 8: khaga ' ngxAAm represents a construction expressing the desire to do something . The stem of the verb is repeat ed with voicing taking place on the consonant of the repeated stem, plus ngxAAba e.g. thU'dU ngxAAm 'I want to drink '. Line 9: The -man suffix on txuba is an emphatic certaintive aspect which is only used in an apologetic type discourse, thus 'In that case we ' Z Z HA VE TO '.
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
l. Wanting to ... Thinking to ...
'Wanting to come . , 'Thinking I'd come . , khaga ' kgxAAm . khado ngxAAm.
caja' (eat) , thU 'dU (drink) xyaaxyaa' (go) pO 'bO (ta Zk)
2. Apologetic Indicative
'In that case we 'ZZ have to 'We'ZZ have to say ... , say ... , b i 1 txum b i 1 txuman
mxael (seek) phw i ' 1 (tie up ) kha l (come)
r i 1 (get up) 130
LESSON 55
'Come ! Sing a Song fo r Me ' 1. lu' kxwe ' prl 'ndi . 'Come, sing a song! '
2. ngadna I axxra . 'I don 't know how to sing . 3. swaal le' prl 'm bimdi. 'They say you sing beautifully. ' 4. khaba 't bilaa1 'Why says so? ' 5. theedo 'n prl 'sero'mi . 'I 've heard it since you 've been singing. ' 6. birido'n pha 'kkari. 'Oh they 're just saying it. '
7. prl 'nam, axrorid. 'Ptease sing. Don 't tie down . ' 8. axxra . krxosena I. 'I can 't. Truty! ' 9. p r I 'n. to 'i axbil Ie. 'Come sing. Stop making excuses (Lit : saying nothing) .' 10 . chabi 'yAA prl 'le waa1 'In that case I'tt sing . O.K. ?' 11. 0, p r I 'n. 'Yes. Sing! '
NEW VOCABULARY kxwe I , song ' xraba 'to know how to ' prl 'ba 'to sing ' krxosena 'truty, honestty ' 131
LESSON 56
'Arranging a Ma rriage '
1. 0 ' phoj yO . 'Oh. Aunt (Youngest sister of fa ther) . ' 2. xwe ' mxAl li. khan i' phekha i? 'Yes second born daughter. Why have I xa u' kU ' n . you come ? (Lit : Where have you arrived) Come, sit. ' 3. 0, O. ca ' krishnaa 'mae mxAI I' 'Yes, yes . Please beg on my beha lf nga'e Thaagulai xribxlnsi '. the second sister of Krishna for my first son (for marriage). ' 4. kho' i mxA II i ! til' joro'bae 'Well second born daughter. These mx idi pxrEsyo xr ibar xyaadu' days if you go to beg a bridge he biyAA ma I aa i ' waale'ro, say "Let 's give her to a (soldier of) jxa ale' ph e ' r i gxAAna ' i yaa Ma laya " and again "A lot of jewe l lery mu lug a'n bimu. kha i I a b d i ' ? (is needed) ," they say . What to do ?' 5. khAA'n sammaa ' beseri bid. 'Please speak as persuasively to ' , kha i lase axp i bmanaa' as possib le. Goodness! If they say bidu biyAA to ' labdi? "Under no circums tances will we give ". What to do !' 6. gxAAnaa' ni 'sca i Ixen ' bimdi. 'For sure they will ask for a lot of jewe llery . ' 7. biman Ixenaa ' khemaEdaami . 'In that case they themselves wi ll indeed ask a lot. ' 8. saaro'n gxAAna ' Ixe' bidu 'And if they ask for an extreme ly biyAA ngid pl laa axkhxAA ' great amoung of jewel lery we won 't be to ' labaa '? able to give it. What to do? ' 9. til joro ' bae samaEri Dxaagre' 'Really it is very difficult these jagadi byaa labaa ' bele gaaro days fo r non-soldiers to get married. ta i jaa ochEma'E. Wha t a pity! ' 10. daa igaa khaile byaa labaa ', 'Therefore how can one arrange a baabae . marriage . '
NEW VOCABULARY phoj yO 'Aun t (Fa ther 's Thaagu 'first born son ' Youngest Sister) ' pxrEsyo 'bride ' xriba 'to beg ' gxAAna' -'go ld ' ma laai 'Ma laya ' ni 'sca i 'certainly, fo r sure ' samaE 'time, occasion ' Dxaagre ' 'civilain (non-soldier) ' bele/beseri 'very ' ochE/ochEma 'E 'expre ssion of sympathy baabae 'expression of or sorrow! ' de spair ' 132
NOTES Line 3: Note the benefactive use of -bxlba' (cf. Lesson 41) . Line 4: kha i labaa '? 'How to do it? ' is here used in a rhetorical sense implying that it can't be done . Line 5: khAA'n samma ' 'as much as possibZe ' is literally 'abiZity up to '. kha i lase 'However it is done ' is generally best trans lated 'whatever happens ' or 'under any circums tances '. 133
LESSON 57 'Weaving a Basket ' 1. to ' ku 'b jaa7 cxo theba 'e 'What are you moving? Ma king such a pxi ro 'ba! big basket! ' 2. lab' ku 'ba'e pxi I a b 'I 'm making a basket for moving bisyaaba '. Zeaves. ' 3. tidlmam labo ' khulaa axbx I' 'This year they won 't aZZow Zeaves b i md i , xwxaa ' chaa waa7 to be gathered, don 't they say ? Isn 't that so? ' 4. tu 'sidi. khulaa axb xl ' bimu 'I don 't know . They say that won 't ta ra xyo'i biri bxwim, aZZow (them) to be gathered but some ku ' i d i . having stoZen (them) and bring them down . ' 5. 0, khulaa axbxl ' bimu, tara 'Yes, they say they won 't aZZow them s ya a ' du b i y AA k u ' i k u ' i d i to be gathered and if you are caught pxEwAAm . some wi Z l take them away from you . ' 6. U, uyAA'na pxEwaa i' ro bildi , 'Yes! Have you heard it said that tAA thea i 'waa7 some were snatched away a few days ago? ' 7. pxEwaade '. ngada i mrO I aa . 'They did indeed confiscate them . I chata i'g aa saeidi '. saw it. Therefore it has indeed become difficuZt (Lit : it has ki Z Zed) . 8. 0, til' joro' to 'ndori kaDi 'These days the season of many ka Daauba 'e sama 'E khai '. kha i restrictions has come . What to do ?' labaa '7 9· chabi 'yAA bigaasarba 'e 'Therefore we must bring the deve Z bxal' txujond i. opment (Le. chemical ) fertilizer. ' 10. bxaba 'mi tama'laa, tara 'It wouZd have been good to bring it xrOsae' pa isaa ' axxre ' sero ' but with no money with what wouZd to 'd bxa ba '7 chatai ' biri ' one bring it? In those ways in to ' ndorin sa ' erna gaaro ta i'. every thing it has become very difficult. '
NEW VOCABULARY
ro ' ba 'to weave ' labo' 'Zeaves ' khubaa 'to gather tidlma 'this year ' together ' ku' i/kw i 'some (peopZe) ' xyo 'ba 'to thieve ' kaD i kaDaau 'restrictions, laws ' gaaro 'difficuZt ' bigaasarba 'e ma 'l 'chemicaZ ferti Zizer ' 134
NOTES Line 7: -gaa 'indeed ' an emphat ic, often functions as an equative verb : ' cu yOj gwin gaa. 'This is indeed Yanjakot. ' saeidi': The verb 'to kil l' is here used in a metaphorical sense mean ing that the restriction on getting the leaves has made it very diffi cult for them. Line 10: The use of the unreal aspect -mala is here used in an emphatic sense as manifested by the -mi suffix on the verb bxaba' 'to bring '.
TRANSFORM DRI LLS
l. Unreal Aspect
With Emphasis Without Emphasis
'It would indeed have been 'It would have been good to bring good to bring it. ' it. ' bxaba 'mi tama'la. bxaba ' tama'la.
ro ' bami (weave) prl 'bami (sing) ro ' bami (to sleep) kh i'bami (to lend without interest) 135
LESSON 58
'Protecting Fie tds from Cattte ' 1. cu 'maE ta 'le pxOb jaa7 'Why are these peopte arguing?' 2. khyodo lxaalAA bii biri ' roo 'He said that he 'd discovered that his cattte had been driven out. ' 3. khyodo baa r i r i khO ' na ro waa ' 7 'Does he (the other one ) say that he discovered the cattte got into the dry fi e td? ' 4. axkhO '. tara khO 'm u ngxAA I 'No, but he says he drove it away lxaal ro o because he wondered whether it woutd get in or not?' 5. chale lxaaba ra i ta 'le chale 'Why woutd they be arguing tike that pxOedi7 just for a thing tike driving out (the catHe) ?' 6. coro ' bae jug samaE ka Daa ' 'In the time that has come now things mu . xrOsaE baarir khO 'yaa are tough. On ty if it gets into your ma ttre lxaal yOm, tara arue ' own fi etd can you chase it away, but baarir lxaabae xa 'k axxre'. you have no right to chase it out of other fietds . ' 7. 0, chaami chaana . tara to ' 'Yes, that 's the way it is indeed. labar pxOrie' bibaa7 But what do they say they witt do by arguing?' 8. ca 'm ngxyo ' to ' se'. khemaEe' 'As for that, what can we (inc1. ) puraanu' xr is mumaE'n. know. It 's probabZy an oZd quarret of their own. ' 9. 0, chAAn mu laase'. 'Yes, it 's probabty that. ' 10. nga 'e saEr cha ngxAAm . 'It seems that way in my mind. '
NEW VOCABULARY pxOba 'to argue ' khyodo 'cattte ' lxaaba 'to drive out ' ba a r i 'dry fi etd' jug samaE/samaE/txi kaDaa ' 'difficuHy ' 'time, occasion ' xa 'k 'authority ' pura nu ' 'otd ' ngxAAba 'to wonder about '
NOTES
Line 2: The -lAA suffix on lxaaba is another form of the discovery aspect . The more usual form is -na. Both forms are used in this lesson in lines 2 and 3. Line 4: khO 'm u ngxAAI : Here ngxAAba is used to express 'wondering '. It can also mean 'think ' or 'want to ' as an auxiliary : 136
khO 'm u ngxAA I 'wondering whether it might enter or not '. khO 'mdo ngxAA I , thinking it wou ld en ter ... ' khO 'gO ngxAA I 'wanting to enter '. In line 10 the verb ngxAAba is used as an independent verb and here is translated 'to seem to one '. Line 8: se ' 'know ' is the bare root - an unusual use . More normal would be se 'ba, the gerund .
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
l. 'Wondering whether it wo uld 'Thinking it would enter. , enter or not. , 'khO 'mdo ngxAA I.
khO 'm u ngxAAI .
rxim u (beg)
xyaam' u (go)
pxEm u (snatch)
bxam' u (bring)
kh i 'm u (lend)
2. 'Wondering whether it wou ld 'Wanting to enter ' enter the dry fi eld or not. , baarir khO 'gO ngxAA I
baarir khO 'm u n gxAA I .
phw i 'm u (tie up) mxaem u (seek for)
ngxyom u (look)
pxram' u (walk) 137
LESSON 59
'Arranging for a Boy to Cut Grass ' 1. kx ie cxa gx ri' ngalai plnchi '! 'Give me one of your sons! ' 2. ta 'le, to ' labaa ' r07 'Why ? For doing what?' 3. ngadi' ma 'gi gxri ' klbxa laa' 'I bought and bro ught one buffa lo but ta ra nga ' e dx I r i' ch i kha ' Ebae in my house there is no grass autting mx i axxre '. chatama ngalai person. Therefore I need a ahild. ko lo' gxri ' ca idi i. chatama Therefore (you) must give me your son. ngalai kxie cxa pl l txui i. 4. kho' i' kha i labaa '7 ngalaina' 'Well, how to do it! To me also, if cu ' ko lma 'E axxredu' biyAA these ahildren are not here who would nga 'e khaa 'gae muba 'e do my small farm jobs ? We ZZ! How khedi ' paad i' jaga khaba 'd to do it? ' lxaidiba. kho'i! kha i labaa '7
5. axngxl '. kxi lam lxen ' mudi '. , No, you have many sons - Even if you daa i cu ' gxri ' ngalai give this one to me the others wi ZZ do plna a'bileyAA cu' aargomaEdna (your work) . ' lama n. 6. tamsidi '. kx i lai saaro'n 'O. K. If your need is so great I khAAj pardiyAA ' gxri ' plsyo ' wi ZZ aertainly give one . , 5 i d i ' . 7 . bani kadi ' kabol lam7 bid. 'The salary, how muah will we make the aontraat? Please say . ' 8. ngad cxa gaa axbi . kxie 'I will not speak thus. Aaaording dayaadi kadi ' pi le pi n. to your meray, however muah you give, give (that muah) . ' 9. chabi 'yAA ba rsa rbae mxui ' 'In that aase . Is Rs. 200/- for the ngxibraa ta i 0'7 saE kxom u year O. K. ? Do you aaaept that priae axkx07 or not? ' 10. tadO 'ndi kxid cxau bisero. 'That 's O. K. Sinae you 've spoken in lu'di, ngam xyaai '. that way. We ZZ I must go. (Lit : I have gone. )' 11. 0, 0 chenle xyaad. 'Yes, yes go well. '
NEW VOCABULARY khedi' paadi' 'aultivated property ' ban i 'yearly salary ' kabol 'aontraat ' dayaa 'meray ' ba rsa 'year ' -braa 'numeral classifier on kxom 'to aaaept, be groups of 100 ' satisfied ' 138
NOTES Line 4: ngalaina' : Note the emphat ic -na ' suffix. Here giving the meaning 'to me al8o '.
Line 5: plna a'bileyAA : The -naa'bileyAA is an 'even if.. . ' construc tion .
BUILD-UP DRI LLS
1. chatama ngalai kxie cxa pl l 'Therefore you mU8t give me your 8on. ' txu i . chatama ngalai ko lo' gxri ' 'Therefore I need a ahild. ' ca i d i i . nga'e dxl ri ' ch i kha 'Ebae mxi 'In my home I don 't have a gra88 axxre '. chatama ngalai kolo' autting per8on . Therefore I need gxri ' ca idi i. chat ama ngalai a ahild. Therefore you mU8t give kxie cxa pl l txui. me your 8on. ' ngad i' ma 'gi gxri ' kl-bxalaa' 'I bought and brought one buffa lo tara nga'e dxl ri ' ch i but in my hou8e there i8 no gra88 kha 'Ebae mx i axrxe' . autting per8on. Therefore I need cha tama ngalai ko lo' gxri ' a ahild. Therefore (you) mU8t ca idi i. chatama ngalai give me your Bon. ' kxie cxa pl l txu i i.
SUBSTITUTION DR I LLS
1. ngalai plna a'bileyAA cu ' argo ' 'Even if you give (him) the8e maEdna laman . other one8 will do it. '
bonaa ' bile yAA take (him) nxanaa bileyAA keep (him) klnaa bileyAA get (him) 1 39
TRANSFORM DRI LLS
l. 'Even if ' 'If'
'Even if you give (him) this 'If you give (him) this one wi tl one witl do it (the work) . ' do it. ' plnaabile yAA cu 'd lam. plyAA cu 'd lam.
cU ' naabileyAA (seZZ) xrinaabile yAA (beg) xw ina a'bileyAA ( aaZZ) khAA'naabileyAA (aan do it)
2. Alternate forms of 'If ' Construction
, If you must have (it) I'ZZ aertainly give . , par diyAA ' plsyo ' par didu'biyAA plsyo '
ca idiyAA ' (it is needed) IxaudiyAA ' (I mus t) IxaidiyAA ' (it aosts that muah) 140
LESSON 60
'Churning Butter ' 1- ko laa' Ixui ' waa? 'You 're churning butter are you? ' 2. 0, Ixulaa' . ta ra chyugu ' 'Yes . I'm churning but the butter kha laa axn gl '. to ' ta i'? won 't come . What 's happened? What 's to ' tai'? happened?' 3. kyu 'laa kwaalaai ' biri ' jxOl ' 'Did you heat the water before you waa '? put it in? (Lit : Having heated water have you put it in?)' 4. 0, Ixe n' . cha'lle laai ' biri ' 'Yes, a lot. Having done it that way jxOlau '. I've put it in. ' 5. xe , chab i 'yAAm kyu ' I aad 'Oh! In that case the hot water has cwaado 'n. chata i 'ga chyugu ' consumed (the butter) . For that axkha 'di. reason the butter has not come . '
6. 0, chAAn ta i' u to '? , Yes, that 's what has happened 01' what?' 7. ti l' joro ' ga rmi tangngyU '. 'These days it has become hot; that 's chat ai' biri ' kyu' laalaa' why you don 't have to heat water. ' axtxu. 8. axla a'lle kyu ' sIn jxOyAA ' 'If I had put co ld water in it Th i 'g tammu le syAAmu . khani probably would have been O.K. Dear ba 'i ngada 'm beseri laai ' me ! And here I have been putting jxOri 'ba. very hot water in! ' 9. dxe'r o, Ixuma'le' kyu'sln 'From now on, when you are churning jxOI biri ' Ixul ' txui. you should put in cold water for churning. ' 10. 0, O. dxero ' piru chalen 'Yes, yes. From now on I must Ixul ' txujon. indeed do it that way . '
NEW VOCABULARY kolaa' , butter milk ' Ixuba ' 'to churn ' kyu ' 'water ' kwaa laaba ' , to heat fluids ' laaba 'to heat ' cwaaba ' 'to consume ' 51 'cold ' dxe 'ro piru/dxe 'ro , from now on ' khani ba ' i 'dear me! '
NOTES
Line 2: khalaa axng l' 'It won 't come ' literally 'It won 't obey to come '. One might think of it as 'it resists coming '. It is often used of a stain or dirt which resists cleaning, xyaal axngl ', or Til axng l' of a child who won't stay somewhere . Line 8: tammu le syAAmu : 'would probably have been O.K. ': khaniba 'i 'Dear me !' (lit : 'of where?') is used simp ly as an exclamation of frus tration . 141
LESSON 61
'Village Work in April -May (Ba i sakh) ' 1. tll 'joro ' cu ' nAA'sari to' 'These days what work is done in the kxe ' I am? vi Hage. ' 2. t I I ' j 0 r 0' s I' k u b a a " rna ' I 'These days (they) carry wood, kubaa 'r, aasare ' ma kha 'E compost, hoe the Ju Zy corn-they do txaaba ', chaba ' n I am. kx i those sort of things. Have you never cu ' nAA'sar khOl ' axkha 'i waa been to this village before ?' u to'? 3. 0, khOl ' axkha 'n gaa ngyu'idi 'That 's right . I've never been daa i . baabae, ga rmi tamaE' here, that 's why I'm asking. xwaa '? Goodness! Isn 't it hot! ' 4. txiyAAdam beseri khrOdo 'n. 'It is burning hot today . What to to ' labdi '. txl cha'i bii do ? If you di dn 't work because the kxe ' axla'du biyAA khaba 'd sun was burning who would work? You labaa '7 xrOsadna lal txujon . MUST do your own work. ' 5. chAAna kuji'. agu mx ijaga 'Yes that 's so. I emp loyed other jxO di ', kxe ' lab bxanda ' people (but) they just begged things xribae sa 'e Ixe' xriba, mx im rather than working. As for people, ku 'ch uilen axkhAA' . one cannot afford (Lit : touch ) them . ' 6. ku 'nc hi, sida'i maa r di 'le. 'Come . Sit! Lets enjoy the shade . ' 7 . xyaam', ngam beseri , I'm going. I'm very late. ' kxaengngyU . 8. ta 'le, xrEgo xyaab' waa? 'Why ? Are you going a long way?' 9. ca ' kh lximji nAA'sar samma ' 'I have to go for work in that xyaa I' txubae kxe ' mu . vi ZZage ca Hed kh I i mj i . ' 10. e kxaey aam. xyaas idi ' 0'7 'Yes, you are Zate. Then go. ' 11. 0, xyaa l' txui . 'Yes, I must go. '
NEW VOCABULARY
cha 'ba 'to burn (of sun, 01' maa rd i ' ba 'to experience, enjoy ' hot object) ' khrOba , to burn ' s i da ' I , shade ' kuj i ' 'exclamation of agreement ' agu 'other ' (alt . aa rgo ' , baabae 'expression of despair ' a ru)
NOTES
Line 4: -do'n and -jOn are two emphat ic suffixes used on verbs and seem to serve similar functions . 142
BUILD-UP DR I LLS
1. kxi cu' nAA'sar khOl ' axkha 'l 'Have you never been to this vi l lage waa u to '? or what?' ti l' joro ' 51 ' kubaa ', ma 'l 'These days they move wood, move kubaa ', asa re' ma kha 'E compose, hoe the July corn. That 's txaaba ', chaaba 'n lam. kxi wha t they do . Have you never been cu' nAAqsar axkha 'l waa u to this vi Z lage or what ?' to '? 2. xrOsadna 1 a I txujon . , Indeed you must do your own work. ' txl cha'i biri' kxe ' axla'du 'With the sun burning who wou ld work? biyAA khaba 'd labaa '? Indeed you must do your own work. ' xrOsadna 1 a 1 txujon . txiyAAdam beseri kh rOdo'n. , Inde ed the sun is burning hot. ' to ' labdi '. txl cha'i biri ' 'What to do ? Wi th the sun burning kxe ' axla'du biyAA khaba 'd who wou ld work ? Indeed you must labaa '? xrOsadna lal txujon . do your own work. ' 3. mxim ku 'ch uile axkhAA' . 'It is not possib le to get people to work. ' kxe ' lab bxanda ' xribae sa 'e 'Rather than working they just beg
lxe' xriba. mx im ku 'ch uilen lots of things. It is not possible axkhAA . to get peop le to work . ' chAAn kuj i'. agu mx ijaga 'Yes. That 's right. I emp loyed jxO di ' kxe ' lab bxa nda ' other people but they just begged
xribae sa 'e lxe' xriba. things rather than work. It is not mx im ku 'chuilen axkhAA . possible to get peop le to work. '
SUBST ITUT ION DR ILLS
1. cu ' nAA'sari ' to ' kxe ' lam? , What work do you do in this village? '
tAA lam ma tters do they discuss. ma E lam medicine is done.
2. tl l 'joro' 51 ' kubaa ' 'These days they move wood. '
chi kha 'Eba cut grass. 51 ' tho'ba chop wood. mo ' ku 'ba sp lice rattan. to ' i axla' don 't do anything.
3. ta 'le ? xrEgo xyaab ' waa? 'Why ? Are you going a long way? '
cEdo ' short kya r over there cu ' jare in this area 143
LESSON 62
'On Bathing '
1. khan i' xyaamu ' kx i 7 'Where are you going? '
2. nga jyu khru 'bar xyaama 'u. 'I 'm going to wash my body . My flesh
se beser i kebaa ', phe ' r i is itahing a lot, my alothes are
kwE lyaa kxri tabaa '. daa i fi lthy. Therefore saying "I 'm going
khru ' nmu bi i txOkha lau. to wa sh. " I've aome. (Lit : emerging out (of village/house) aame). '
3. tel uyAA ' to ' laldi ' tiyAA ' 'What were you doing yesterday and
se khru 'bar khabaa '7 the day befo re that you aome for washing the flesh today ?'
4. tel u y AA ' to' r k h 0 ' ba n 9 a ' e 'My work has been beyond reakoning
kxe'mi . ma kha 'E txa aba ' yesterday and the day before, hoeing
plxu' thEbaa '. to ' ndori aorn, planting seeds. Having to do
xrOsan lal txuba , chata i everything my self in that way I had
phu rsa t axyO 'bad i'. no leisure . '
5. kxen ' larisero 'm tOphyaa 'r 'Sinae you work and work, it beaomes
taxyaam' xe '. aon tinuous, indeed. '
6. chatabaa ', kuj i'. phursat 'Yes that 's how it is indeed. Having
ngxyona ngxyon jyu khru 'la not been able to wash, though I
axyO 'n bi ri ba lla ti l' khru ' Bought for a leisure moment, I
khaba 'di. eventua lly had to aome for washing today . '
7. ngam phursat yO lai axyO'lai 'Whether I have leisure or not when
jyu kxri taser i'm khru 'bar I'm dirty I always sneak out for a
chyu ' D i xyaabrE ' I amau . wash. '
8. 0, dxero' nga i chAAn lal 'Yes from now on I must do likewise.'
txude . 9 . chaa axla'bdem phursada ' 'If you don 't do it that way you 'll
khO I' axyO '. never FIND leisure. '
NEW VOCABULARY jyu 'body ' se 'flesh ' kebaa ' 'to itah ' kwE 'alothes ' kxr i 'dirt ' txOba 'to emerge, aome out of ' tOphyaa 'r 'una easing , phursat 'leisure, spare time ' aontinuous ' to 'r khO 'ba 'multiplied, beyond chyu 'Di xyaaba ' 'to run off, reakoning ' elope, esaape ' 144
NOTES Line 5: lari sero'm The -ri suffix here represents the cont inuative aspect - used also in lessons 28 and 44. Line 6: -na ...-n denotes 'protracted action ' (discussed in lesson 51 ). jyu khr u'la axyO 'n biri ' 'not being able to wash my body ' can alter nately be expressed as jyu kh r u'l a axyO sero ' 'sinoe I was not able to wash my body '. Line 7: yOlai axyO'lai, or more frequently yOle axyO'le, manifests a 'whether ' construction i.e. 'whether it 's available or not . . '. xyaabrE' lamau The -brE lam represent s a habituative aspect on the verb , best translated by 'always .. ' . 145
LESSON 63
'Planting Riae and Mi llet (JesTh, May-June)' 1. plxu' thEl ' waa? 'Have you planted (Lit : plaaed) your seeds? ' 2. to 'e plxu'? naa r e' l u 'Whiah seeds ? Of mi llet or of riae? ' mlxalaa? 3. naa re 'laa baa'. mlxalam 'Of mi llet. What! Planting riae ti lnaa ' to ' thEbaa '? seeds now? ' 4. thEjo'n baabae. nAA ' yu ' bae 'I am indeed planting. Goodness me! mxaa lar pardi baa cha len ka 'bla With the rain aoming time upon us, I ku 'blule lathEde. di d the planting anyway, without proper preparation. ' 5. daa i gaa kuju'i. nAA'l yu 'i 'Yes indeed. When the rain does aome bi ri ' yu 'la a axxraba , caei it doesn 't know how to aome properly, biri ' caelaa axxraba . when it eases, it doesn 't know how to ease off properly. ' 6. kx i 1 am thE I' wa a d i ? 'Have you put yours in yet? ' 7. ngala'm uyAA 'nan thEse. 'I put mine in some time ago. No") if dxero 'm mxaa rsi mlxae byaaOaa I have a ahanae to prepare the ma rsi casdil yOdu' biyAA cu' mxAlna riae seed bed I must put it in this ngx i syu baa i s j a re thE 1 txu de. month round about 20th-22nd. ' 8. ngala'm ba lla naare'l thEl 'As for mine, I have just fi nally khAA'di, mlxa plxula'm to 'i finished planting the mi llet. As for saa'r su 'rai axtxengngyU '. the riae seed, I've not done any to' mxaa rsi jaa? kxila a1 preparations. What sort of ma rsl is yours ?' 9. kaaThe ' mxaa rsi baa . kxilaa 'Mine is kaathe ma rsi. And yours ?' d i '? 10. ngala'm darmaa le juwaari 'Mine is da rmaa le juwaari . tadO'n. 11 . 0, o. 'Oh, yes. '
NEW VOCABULARY plxu' 'seed ' naare ' 'millet ' nAA' 'rain ' mxaa 1 a r 'time" ka 'bla ku 'beule 'roughly, poorly, byaaOaa 'seed bed ' without proper caebaa' 'to ease off- of rain ' preparation ' thEbaa ' 'to plant ' (Lit : 'to put casdiba' 'to prepare seed down ' ) bed ' saa'r su'rai 'preparations ' 146
NOTES Line 8: thEl khAA'di 'fini8hed pLanting ' The khAA'di is a modal verb indicating that the action is comp lete. Compare with such constructions as thEl yOd i 'pos8ibLe to pLant ' thEl txudi 'mu8t pLant ' thEl xradi 'know how to pLant ' The modal khAA 'ba can also be used to indicate ability to do something i.e. thEl khAA'di 'I 'm abLe to pLant '. Only the context can distinguish the meaning in focus .
TRANSFORM DR I LLS
l. Opportunity to.... Finished ....
'If it '8 p088ibLe to pLant 'If I've fi ni8hed pLanting them (them) I'H do it. ' I'H do it. ' thE 1 yOdu 'biyAA lam thEI khAA'dubiyAA lam
kh ru ' 1 (wa8h) 1 xu I' (ahurn butter) ro 'l (weave) p r I ' 1 (8ing)
2. Finished .... Allowe d to ....
'I have finaHy fi nished ' I have fi naHy been aHowed to putting mine in. , put mine in. , ngala'm ba 11 a thEI khAA'di ngala'm ba 11 a thEl bxldi
1 a 1 (doing) ro 'l (8Leeping) txO l (aome out) kh ru ' 1 (washing)
3. Knows how to ... Must do ...
'If (it) knows how to aome 'If (it) must aome down, it wi H down it wi H aome down . , aome down. ' yu 'l rxayAA yu 'm yu 'l txuyAA yu 'm
se 'l se'm (danae) p r I ' 1 p r I'm (sing) ro 'l ro 'm (weave) 1 xaa 1 lxaam (drive out) kh ru' 1 khrum (wash) 147
LESSON 64
'Arranging a Work Party ' 1. nO9 u r T h a a I d i Ie' 5 i t h u ma ' E 'Let us begin a work party friends . dxero 'm makhA 'E txaaba 'e txi The aorn hoeing time has aome . ' txud i ' . 2. kho'i! Thaaldile bibaa 'WeZZ! Nobody aomes if you say khaba 'i axkha "Zet 's begin". ' 3. ngxyo ' ngxld e', sO ' den kad i' 'WeZZ Zet us two or three however ' tamu cxagan Thaaldilesi 0 . many there be begin, O. K. ?' 4. 0, Thaaldib gaa'. ngxyola'm 'Yes indeed. Let 's begin. Our aorn makha 'E saar o'n bidi xyaai '. has been badZy negZeated . What to kha i laba'? do ? ' 5. chata i gaa nOgur yUnAA 'It 's for that reason I said "Let Thaaldi Ie' bingngyUdi. us begin the work party earZy. ". ' 6. chabi 'yAA khoyO ' Thaaldiledi? 'In that aase when shaZZ we begin? ' ' 7. nU ' 1m jare Thaaldi le' 0 . 'From about the day after tomorrow Zet us begin. ' 8. khaba 'e baarir Thaaldile'? 'In whose fi eZd shouZd we begin?' ' 9. kxie baarir Thaaldile 0 , 'Let us begin in your fieZd, Zast kanchi? born daughter. ' 10. 0, O. chabi 'yAA ngi 'e paDa 'O. K. In that aase Zet us go to our baarir xyaaba 'e. ( excl. ) garden in paDa . '
NEW VOCABULARY nOgur 'work party ' bidi xyaaba ' Lit : 'to die ' nU ' I ma 'day after tomorrow !'
NOTES Line 3: ngxlde' , sO ' den is another examp le of how approximation is expressed. See also Lessons 10 and 40. Line 7: Note the use of jare in a temp oral phrase . In Lesson 28 it was used in a locative phrase , as in Lesson 37 also . 148
LESSON 65
'Hoeing Corn for the Sohoot Garden (May-June JesThJ ' 1. makha 'E txaam maa '7 , Hoeing oorn? ' 2. axngxl ', skul xyaam' . , No, I'm going to sohoo L ' 3. ta ra yo r i' kodaal i' mu7 , But there 's a hoe in your hand. ' 4. cu 'm skula' rbae makha 'E 'As for this, it 's to hoe the oorn txaaba ' . at sohooL ' 5 . ma a s Ta r ma ' E I u 7 'The teaoher 's? ' 6. axngxl ' ngi skul paaTi'la. 'No, our sohoot otass 's. ' 7. skul paaTilaa7 'The sohoot otass 's? ' 8. 0, sadan sadan lamu . 'Yes, every otass does it. ' 9. 0, xo , khoyO ' sero lai7 'aho, sinoe when? ' 10. ti 'dl ser�' . , For a year. '
NEW VOCABULARY
skul 'sohoot ' sadan 'a group of peopte ' 149
LESSON 66
'Walling the Paddys ' 1. kx ilam bAAnu jxOngngyU ' waa , '(They) have put a stone walZ for you mrO'ri? in the paddy , have they? ' 2. 0, jxOngngyU '. 'Yes, (they) have. ' 3. saargimaE ' u? 'The Sarkis (cobb ler caste) ?' 4. 0, saargima'En baa. 'Yes, it was the Sarkis indeed. ' 5. naa 'b band i u, jelar jaa? 'By measurement, or by day wages?' 6. naa 'b band i lalau. , We arranged it by measurement. ' 7. krulaa' to'e dar jaa? 'Wha t was the rate for one cubit (45 cm) ?' 8. mxor ngi 'bo roo 'They said seven mohar (Rs 3/50) . ' 9. kadi ' jAAna mu . 'How many people were there ?' 10. Txude' ng i'de mu . 'About six or seven. '
NEW VOCABULARY
bAAnu 'stone wall ' kru 'one cubit' naa 'b 'measurement' da r 'rate of wages ' jela 'daily wages ' naa 'b bandi 'piece rate contract ' 150
LESSON 67
'Arranging a Work Party ' 1. ngalai ma kha 'E txaabae nOma 'E 'WouZd you seek for eight or nine
pxrede ' ku 'de mxaebxln' 0 ' . peop Ze to work for me in hoeing corn pZease? ' 2. 0, ta ra khoyOba 'e I xa a 9 i r i ? 'Yes, but for when? ' 3. kya aa i tabaar, sObaa r jare 'For round about the coming Sunday baa . and Monday. '
4. tam 5 i d i ' . ba ru kad i ' jAAnaa 'O. K. And how many peop Ze wouZd you mxa eb jaa? rather I seek for? ' ' 5. mx i cyu 'de mxaes i 0 . 'Search for about 10. ' 6. 0, mrO ' to khan i'r jaa? 'And where is the remaining paddy work to be done ?' 7. rna bxUne'ri baa . te ' yunan 'It 's down at Bhuneri. Come earZy. kho ' . nO sa 'e kad i' mu How much is it for Zabourers these tiljoro'? days? ' 8. mxu i sO ' rl 'maElaa mi . 'Rs 3/- for fema Zes. ' 9. muyUma 'Elaa d i ' ? 'And for men? ' 10. mxa rdamaElam mxu i ' ngxaa ' , 'For maZes Rs 5/- or Rs 4/- they mxu i ' p I xi ' roo say. ' ll. a bu i ! 0, 0 tam. 'Oh' my ! O. K. '
NEW VOCABULARY
tee' 'a ZittZe ' yunan 'earZy ' r I 'rna'E 'femaZes ' muyUma 'E 'men ' mxa rda 'maZe ' to 'work remaining to be done ' a bu i ! 'exclamation of surprise ' 151
LESSON 68
'Arranging Work Parties ' 1. tidlma nga 'e nOgu ra thEl txui . 'This year, I'ZZ have to put in a work party. ' 2. ta ' 1 e1 no axsyu i I waa1 'Why ? Haven 't you puZZed out the weeds? '
3. nom nOgur kl l bi ri I syui'm. 'As for the weeds, I'ZZ hire a work party and puZZ them out. ' 4. kxie kxonO to ' lam diq1 'And what wiZZ your work exchange party do ?' 5. kx i ' kha 'Ebadi '. 'They wiH cut thatch. ' 6. tidlmaa dxl ' syuiba'e pa lu' 'This year is the time for roofing waa1 the house ?' 7. 0, tidlmaa syuil txub yaa . 'Yes, this year we 'ZZ have to put on a new roof. ' 8. khab saa'lar syuilaa1 'In what year did you Zast put on a new roof? ' 9. na idi 'maa syuilaa. 'Year before Zast. ' 10. xe , chabi'y AAm tidlmaa pa lu' 'Oh, in that case this year the time manaa . has indeed come . '
NEW VOCABULARY no 'weeds ' syui 'ba 'to uproot ' kxonO , (smaZZ) work party, based syu i baa ' 'to roof a house, aover a on exahange of Zabour ' courtyard with fZagging pa lu' 'turn ' stone ' nOgura '(Zarge) work party, na idi'ma 'year before Zast' working in Srawan for hire '
NOTES
The verb for 'uproo ting ' in Line 3 syu i 'm and for 'roofing ' in line 6 syuibaa ' are identical except for the pitch/accent distinction represented by the apost rophe ('). 152
LESSON 69
'Buying a Sheep for Das AI ' 1. dasaE khadi '. khas i' mxael le 'Dasera has come . Let 's go and search chy o'. for a cas trated sheep/goat. ' 2. chyo'sidi ' khani'r xyaale'7 'Let 's go. Where shall we go? ' 3. ax, kyuPrO ' jare xyaa le. 'Oh, let 's go over to the she epfo ld. ' 4. kx ie kxyu ' ngi lai pll txui, '0 chief shepherd, you must give (one kyusA 'E ciba'. of) your sheep to us. ' 5. mubaa 'mi mu . tara kxemaed 'There is indeed one. But can you sa 'e jxOl ' khAA 'm xogi ' (pl. ) pay the price or not? ' axkhAA ' xo7 6. kho' i khab jaa7 tEndi. 'Well, which sheep ? Show it to us. ' 7. o'-ca ' ga o na idi'mAA khas i' 'Tha t very one. It was castrated lai. beser i cigO' mu . last year. It 's very old. ' 8. kadi 'di, cu ' khas i'e sa 'e7 'How much is the price for this I u' bid. sheep. Come now! speak!' 9. ngxibrase ku 'jyu plm biyAA 'If you say "I 'll give Bs 290/- " then bodu cxaga jxOlaa' axkhAA ' take it. If you say "I can 't put bidu biyAA axbor id. lu' ngad down that much" then don 't take it. biba cxagana. That 's my word. ' 10. Th i'kka bae sa 'e lad. ng idi 'Give an average (fair) price . ngxibra se ngi'jyuse ngxa ' We wi ll give Bs 275/- . Is that O. K. plm. tam u, axtaa '7 or not. ' 11. tam sidi ' bod . kxemaE bajan 'O. K. then. I can 't refuse (Lit : waa laa axkhAA'. bod . throw out ) your word. Take it. '
NEW VOCABULARY dasaE 'Nepalese festival of khas i ' 'castrated sheep or goat ' Das ain' kyusA 'E 'shepherd ' kyuP rO ' 'sheepfold' cigO' 'old- of anima ls ' c i ba ' senior person ' tEba 'to show ' bajan 'word ' o'-ca 'that very (pointing) ' 153
LESSON 70
'Threshing the Mi llet ' 1. to lalaa nAA'ni? 'What are you doing, First-born daughter? ' 2. naa re ' tAAgra ' xo lau'. 'I 'm beating the mi llet grains and beans. ' 3. naare' nxei waa? 'Have you trodden out the millet? ' 4. 0, nxe i . 'Yes, we have trodden (them) . ' 5. pxa 1 i d nxe l u? 'Did you tread it by foot? ' 6. axngx I, khlxyaad nxelaa '. 'No, the oxen trod it. ' 7. ka d i ' tana? 'How muah did it aome to? ' 8. Txumr i de tana 'mae. kxi 1 aa 'It aame to about six muri (540 nxe i ' waa? litres). Have you trodden yours out?' 9. ngala'm pxal idna nxe i . 'As fo r mine, we trod it by fo ot. ' 10. xo . 'Oh. '
NEW VOCABULARY
tAAnggra ' 'beans ' nxeba 'to tread out grains with the fe et, to knead with the fe et ' khl xyaa ' 'ox ' 154
LESSON 71
'Threshing the Mi llet ' 1 1. cu ' naa re ' plxu' u, to ' jaa? 'Is this seed mi llet or what?' 2. axngx I' baabu , pachoDe ' 'No, little one. I have harvested thulau. a late variety. ' 3. 50'1 bi ri ' igu rle'n xo l' waa7 'After drying it you beat it once for an? ' 4. 0, cha lay AAq igur tab 'Yes, if you do that it wi n be once manaa 'mae. for all. ' 5. ngalai chAAn lala swaab tamau . 'As for me, it is good to do thus. ' 6. kuj i', cyagaa ' cyugu 'm 'Wen, for a little bit it 's good cha laba'n sxamau. to do it thus. ' 7. khAA' 1 xwaa ' dxero 'mi7 'It 's finished. Now, isn 't it? ' 8. 0, dxero'm khAA' 1 baabu. 'Yes, now it 's fi nished, little one. ' 9. ngala'm thAAn thU'n lai. 'As for me, I've got all the harvest in. ' 10. xe , thangad i'l khAA' I7 'Oh, is the storing away all finished? ' 11. 0, khAA ' I . 'Yes, it 's finished. ' NEW VOCABULARY '} pachoDe' 'late (of a variety) ' cyagaa ' cyugu igu rle' 'fina lly, conc lusively ' cyugu ' cyugu ' 'just a litHe ' sOba 'to dry, usually in khaagae the sun ' thAAn thU'n 'harvest and thangad iba 'to store away ' storage ' baa bu 'little one '
l The seed millet when harvested, is stored carefully, not put on the ground, to avoid its going black and deteriorating. 155
LESSON 72
'Erecting a Ferris Wheel' ' 1. 0 baajyu 'Oh, Grandfather ' 2. xwe ' baabu to ' bilaa7 , Yes, tittle one . What is it (Lit : what have you said) ?' 3. kxie sima alaa' dxU ' ngilai 'Please give us your simaa laaq tree. ' ' pin 0 . 4. ta 'le, to ' lamu7 'Why, what are you doing ?' 5. ku 'di txo lab bisyaabaa '. 'Saying "(We ) wi ll make an upright for a swing" ... ' 6. ax, ku 'di axthaa 'd, baabuma 'E. 'Oh, don 't bui ld a swing, young people. '
7. to ' tamu , baaj yu7 'What will happen, Grandfather? ' 8. cu ' baali uira ri 'm ku 'di 'If you put it up at harvest time thaadu ' biyAA xa lla' tam. there will be strife . That being chatasero ' tusyu ' yu' m. the case hail wi ll come . It is not thaaba ' axtaa '. right to put it up . ' 9. cu ' dasaE sOga 'E ma ttre ' 'Is it not right to play over these mxaei biri ' phuwaam, axta 'waa7 three days of Dasain? And then dismantle it. ' 10. 0, kxemaEd chalam biyAA thaad. 'O. K. , if you wi tt do that, bui ld it. ' 11. 0, 0, chAAn lam. 'Yes, O.K. , we will do that. '
NEW VOCABULARY dxU ' 'tree ' bad i uira 'when fi elds are deep ku 'di 'swing, ferris wheel' yel low, about 12 days txo 'main upright ' before reaping ' thaabaa' 'to construct, as of xa 11a' 'strife, confus ion ' nest or, in this case, tusyu ' 'hai l' play equipment' phuwaaba 'to col lapse, dismantle ' simaa laa' 'si lk-cotton-tree ' 156
LESSON 73
'MeaL Preparation for Riae Harvesters ' 1. kodaar to 'e sa 'e cxulaa? 'Wha t things are you getting ready in the firepLaae?' 2. se xriba xE laau . , I'm boi Ling meat and bones. ' 3. se xr i bane to ' kOngngyU '? 'What did you mix with the meat and bones ?' 4. boD i kOngngyU '. 'I mixed beans with it. ' 5. lxe xenadi. 'You have boiLed a Lot. ' 6. kxe ' labma 'Ee Txaa laba yaa . 'It is to make riae aaaompaniment for the workers. ' 7. to ' langngyU '? 'What are they do ing? ' 8. ml xa kha ' EbmaE mu . 'They are the riae reapers. ' 9. tiy AA ' mlxa kha ' Engngyu waa? 'Are you reaping riae today ?' 10. 0, cxaude kha 'El0. 'Yes, we have aut a LittLe. '
NEW VOCABULARY kodaar 'firepLaae ' boD i 'beans ' cxuba 'prepare ' xebaa 'to aook by a Long proaess kOba 'to mix ' of boiling ' 157
LESSON 74
'Bringing Wood from the Bush ' 1. oxo , khan i' bobae 51 ' jaa, 'Oh, where are they taking that wood, ca ' ganggyur JxO' bxwiba'? that (wood) being brought down and put in the gorge ?' 2. ca ' pukhru'r bobae 51 ' ro o 'That is wood being taken to Pokhara he said. ' 3. khan i'r to' i bi ri' bxwie'? 'Where might they have aut and brought it from? ' 4. ta mrxls thEmaEe' banaUle' 'From the jungle belonging to those tho ' bxwiba' ro o peop le up there at Mrisa he said. ' 5. khaba 'd bxwib jaa'? 'And who is bringing it down? ' 6. cu ' pukhru 'thE Thei kdaarad 'A aontraator from Pokhara is bring bxwib' gaa . ing it down . ' 7. uyAA 'na mxr ls thE 'A while baak a man of M risa had a The ' kdaaradna ' bxw i I aa ' , ta ra aontraat for bringing some down, but ca ' I aa bol khAA'I. daa i cu'd he has fi nished taking it. Now this bxwi i . one is bringing (wood) down. ' 8. 0, cu ' mxUDa ngxyOd ' klbaa ' 'Yes. Is it possible for us (incl) yOm u, axyO '? to buy this log or not?' 9. Ixe' axyO ' ta ra plxide' 'A lot wouldn 't be available, only ngxade ' mattre' yOm. 4 or 5 would be avai lable.' 10. gxrilaa ' kad i ' bimu , ca 'e 'How muah do they say one is, its sa 'e? priae? ' 11. dxUbbrE ' muyAA ' gxr i IIa' 'If it is thiak, it will aost Rs ekaa is ru ' byAA ro o 21/-, they say. ' 12. 0, 0, tai. 'Yes. O. K. '
NEW VOCABULARY ganggyu 'gorge ' thEmaE 'residents of a vi l lage ' The' kdaa ra , aon traator ' mxUDa 'log ' dxUbbrE ' 'thiak ' 158
LESSON 75 'Discussion in Wi tch Accusation ' 1. cu 'r ta 'ie jaa mx l khuba ? 'Why are all these peop le gathered together here? ' 2. kajurl ' lab ro ' . 'To have a discussion they say . ' 3. to 'e Ixaaglrl? 'What for? ' 4. uyAA ' mx I na ' I ro . daa I 'A while ago a man was sick it is pu tlba'e txE lal roo daa l said. Then they did the pu t I ba* khemaEe' tagaara r txE ceremony . Then they (the sick peop le) s I I I d I I AA ' ro . brought the appeasement offering to these people 's gate they said (here). ' 5. ca 'r txE silldlba' to' ta l' 'And what do es it ma tter. do they say ro 'dl? that they brought the offering there? ' 6. phe'rl sangkhat khemaE lal bll 'These peop le are thinking that (the do ' ngxAAsyaadi. sick people) suspect them. ' 7. 0, tlljoro' bae samaE ' 'Yes. that 's the way it is these days. chaabmu . ca 'maEd l' txE cu'r They came bringing the appeasement sll Idi ' khaba '. chatal khemaE offering here . So. they 're having a laal bausa pumsyo bllaa axyO ' discussion saying people should not bll kajurl ' labaa 'xwaa '? ca ll them wi tches. are they? ' 8. 0, chatasyadl'. 'Yes. That 's how it is . ' 9. chabl 'yAA tAAe ' cha'i pha'l 'And what has eventuated as a result kha l ta ldl? of the di scussion? ' 10. tu'sl, ngam yunan chyu 'DI 'I don 't know. I came down early. yu 'di . kha l kha l ta l, ngalal What 's happened? I don 't know. ' thaa axrxe' .
NEW VOCABULARY ka j uri ' 'meeting. discussion ' txe 'rite. offering ' tagaara , gate post ' s illd I ba 'to discard offering at a sangkha t , suspicion ' certain place at end of bausa 'ma le witch ' rite ' cha'l pha'l 'discussion ' pumsyo 'fema le wi tch ' tlba 'to smash ' (see not e pu 'earthern container ' below )
NOTE * A rite to dispel the curse of the witch by which food stuffs including grains. chicken meat . rice are gathered together and put into an earthen ware container Cpu) and left outside . A short distance away the pujyu hides and when he sees an animal coming to eat the offering he sneaks up and breaks (tlba) the container and kills the animal , since it is con sidered that the witch has come to eat the grains in the form of the animal . 159
LESSON 76
'The Post-Funera L Ceremony ' 1. ca ' lammaEe ' kh ibae pae khoyO 'When wi LL the oLd l.ama 's post funera L
mue '? ceremony probab Ly be ?' 2. cu ' mxAlna ngxisyu gate 'They say it wiLL be on Friday the
subaa raa 20th of this (Nepali) month. ' 3 . kya kw i nAA'sa rbae di? 'And what about the one at that kw i vi "LLage? ' 4. ca 'rai ngxi syurna bil thee laa. 'That aLso is on the 20th I heard it said. ' 5. oxo chabi 'yAAm ngxyom ' 'Oh. In that case where shaLL we do khan irde ' ngxyobd i. cu ' rde the Looking. Shal.l we wa tch here or ngxyob u kyar ngxyoba . at that one? ' 6. kyari ' cu 'ri doxo ran ng xyob 'Let us watch both there and here. ' gaa 5 i .
7. 0, phe'ri ticyaarnaa i xrl 'Yes, but if the nail putting ceremony txEdu biyAA? is at the same time?' 8. ticyaa rna ' txEdu biyAA to 'rE 'If they are at the same time then
lamudi . khan irbaa ' syaa 'mu wherever we are Let us watch there . '
ca ' rban ngxyobaad i • 9. ngam pujyuma 'El lA ngxyonemu . 'I 'm going to watch a post funeral pujyuma'Ela beseri txi rmu . ceremony of a pujyu (shaman). The priest 's (ceremonies) are very pleasant. ' 10. nga ina pujyu ma 'El1 A 'I also am going to watch the shaman 's ngxyonem. (ceremony ). '
NEW VOCABULARY
lamma 'Buddhist priest ' kh ibaa' 'oLd man ' pae 'post funera L ceremony ' subaaraa ' 'Friday ' doxo r 'both ' ticyaarnaa ' 'simu ltaneous ly, at the x r I txEba 'name of important same time ' ceremony during post- to 'rE 'never mind ' funeral ceremony ' txi rb a 'to be pLeasant ' pujyu ' 'indigenous shaman ' 160
LESSON 77 'The P08t-Funera � Ceremony ' 1. pae 1 i 'i waa7 'Has the p08t-funera � aeremony fini8hed? ' 2. axl i ngngyU '. ba lla togo ' 'No. Now at �a8t the ahanting
bxa kha ' r se ' 9 raa 1 i ' i • has jU8t fi ni8hed. ' 3 . chabi 'yAA kxoky u thukyu ' kha i 'If that '8 the aa8e, what have they lai7 done to the 8aarif iaia� 8heep and its friend? ' 4. to 'i axlangngyU. 'They haven 't done any thing. ' 5. dxe'ro lae'n xwaa '7 'They probab �y wi �� now, won 't they? ' 6. 0, dxe'ro cyulu' ko 'bar 'Ye8, they have begun to fe ed them khongngyU . de�iaaaie8. ' 7. ca ' cy ulu' ta 'le ko 'b jaa7 'Why do they feed them de �iaaaie8 ?' 8. chale kxyu 'lai ko 'du biyAA 'It i8 8aid that if you feed it to siba'e mx id yOm ro o the 8heep the dead man get8 it. ' 9. khabdi ' chabi'm7 'Who 8ay8 thu8 ?' 10. pujyuma'Edi . 'The 8haman8 . '
NEW VOCABULARY
1 i 'ba 'to fi ni8h - of a aeremony ' kxo '8aarifiaia� offering ' se'graa 'ahanting of pujyus at cyulu' 'de�iaaaie8 ' death or P08t fu nera � ko 'ba 'to feed 8o�id8 to aeremony ' 8omeone ' kxyu ', kyu '8heep ' 161
LESSor� 78
'The Post-Funera l Ceremony ' 1. pae cxu i' waa7 'Have they prepared the post-funeral oeremony? ' 2. cxu i ' . , Yes. ' 3. to ' lxor cxui '7 'In what year of the cycle did they prepare it? ' 4. pho lxor cxui'. , In the year of the deer. ' 5. khanthE kh lxyebri jaa7 'Of what vi llage is the khlxyebri (one caste of Gurung shamans) ?' 6. tOmne' thEma E bimdi . 'They say he is from Tomne. ' 7. pajyu 'maE' di7 'And the pajyu (another caste of Gurung shamans )?' 8. paj yuma 'Em cu ' rban yaa. 'The pajyu is local man (Lit : of here indeed). ' 9. paa ' phUm la'maa ngAA r yu 'l 'Did they say whether the wine and b i 1 d i 7 eggs (gift) come down to the lama 's (Buddhist priest) place? ' 10. yu 'laa, tara sE'waai ro o 'They had come down. but he returned it. they say. ' 11. ma 'gi saeba 'e kh lxyo r pae 'Don 't they say they wi ll do the post axla' ro waa 7 funeral ceremony at the buffa lo ki ll ing place. ' 12 . chAAn bi i ngxemaE'n. , That 's what they said. probab ly. '
NEW VOCABULARY kh 1 xyo 'place ' saeba 'to kill' sEba 'to return something '
NOTES
Line 5: khan thE is a combination of khani 'r 'where ' plus thE 'native of '. The compound form mean s 'native of what vil lage ?' 162
LESSON 79
'Taking the Sick chi td to Pokhara ' 1. khan i' xyaamu ' 7 'Where are you going? ' 2. pukhr u'ri. 'To Pokhara . ' 3. to ' klb a'r xyaamu '7 'What are you going to get/buy?' I 4. to 'i axkl '. CU ko lo' na 'ba '(I am) not buying any thing. Thia daa i ma E laba'r bom. chitd ia aick so I'm taking him for medica Z attention. '
5. aspata 'lar u, phaalDu' 'To the hoapitat, 01' to aome other khlxyori7 (Lit : apare ) ptace?' 6. tu'si, khan ir bob tam7 'I don 't know, where is it right to khan i' boyAA Th i'k talase'7 take him? Where if I take him, witt it probabZy be O. K. ? Where ahoutd I take him for it to be O.K. ?' 7. aspata 'lar bol txumaE'n, 'You ahoutd probabty take him to the ta l le biyAA ca 'ri chenle hospitat, becauae there you get good susaar yOm, to' bethaa mu le care, (and) whatever di aeaae it ia thaa yOm. they know about it. ' 8. lu', nga xyaam 0'7 'Wett, I'tt be going, O. K. ?' 9. 0, thu axxre ' waa7 'Yea. Don 't you have a companion?' 10. axxre ', nga axngx I. , No, I'm not frightened. '
NEW VOCABULARY
aspata 'l 'hoapitat' phaalDu' 'apare, other ' susaar , care ' Th i 'k 'O. K. ' ngxl ba 'to fear ' bethaa 'ittneaa '
ADD ITI ONAl VOCABU lARY
Digri labaa ' 'to examine with atethoscope (and thermometer) ,
1'4OT E S
Line 7: to ' .....-le This morpheme is best translated 'whatever '.
BUILD-UP DR I llS
1. to 'i axkl '. 'I'm not buying anyt hing. '
to 'i axkl '. CU I ko lo' na 'ba. 'I'm not buying anything. Thia chitd ia sick. , to 'i axkl '. CU I kolo' na 'ba 'I 'm not buying anything. Thia chitd daa i ma E laba'r bom. is sick and I'm taking him for medici"ne. ' 2. tu'si. khanl 'r bob tam? 'I don 't know. Where is it O.K. to take him? ' tu 'si. khani 'r bob tam? 'I don 't know . Where is it O. K. to khani 'r boyAA Th i'k ta las e'? take him? Where, if I take him wi LL it probabLy be O.K. ?' 3. aspata 'iar bo l txumaEn. 'You shouLd probabLy take (him) to the hospitaL ' aspata'iar bol txumaEn, ta 'ie 'You shouLd probabLy take (him) to biyAA ca 'ri chenle susaar the hospita L because there good yOm. care is avaiLabLe. ' aspata 'iar bo l txumaEn, ta 'ie 'You shouLd probabLy take (him) to biyAA ca 'ri chenle susaar the hospitaL because there good yOm. to ' bethaa mu le thaa care is avaiLabLe. Whatever sick- yOm. ness you have (they) know about it. '
SUBSTITUTION DRI LLS
1. to 'i axkl '. 'Im not buying anything. '
axla' doing axU I' showing axn gxyo Looking at axthU ' drinking
2. khan i'r bob tam? 'Where wouLd it be O. K. to take him? '
talase ' probabLy be O.K. tae possibLy
3. to ' betha mu le thaa yOm. 'Whatever sickness you have they know about it. '
maE medicine is avai Lab Le. susaar care . Digri lab examination with a stethoscope. 164
LESSON 80
'About a Dead Chi ld ' l. ca ' ko la' sixyaa i' waa7 'Has that child died? ' 2. O. six yaai' achE . 'Yes it di ed. tch! tch! ' 3. to ' na 'ri laa7 'What was the illness ?' 4. to ' na 'ba, to ' na 'ba di , 'What illness! What illness! Some khOyO ' to' n na ' ba , khOyO ' to' n times it hurt with some sickness. na 'ba. cha len xrugudirildo' Sometimes it hurt with another sick- sixyaai '. ness. In that way it became weak and died. '
5. waab bxyObaa ' to 'i lalaa, 'Did they throw things out 01' not axla'la a7 (offerings to appease evil spirits
01' witch) ?' 6. to ' ndori ladO'n chale. ta ra 'They did everything like that but axsxa', to 'i maa 'ne axcxu . it still wasn 't healed. No purpose was achieved by them. '
7. pukhru'r bo iu, axbo7 'Did they take it to Pokhara, 01' not? ' 8. pukhru 'ram bobaami bolaa, 'Yes they did indeed take it to tara ca ' mimmae aspataa'lar Pokhara but not to the memsaheb 's axbo ro o prakaash ngAA r hospital, they say. Just to the mattre' bo i ro o place of Prakaash (a chemist in Pokhara ) they say. ' 9. cya ' . mi 'mmaE aspataa 'lar boi 'Goodness! If they had taken it to biri ' DaakTorne txoibiri ' the hostpita l and met the doctor and chenle ngyu ' idu biyAA ' to ' lal asked what should they do and give, txum to ' lal txum chenle the Dr. would have given good sa ' 11a pima' 1 aa . consultation. '
10. plma'ldi, kho' i, ca 'r axxyaa '. 'Yes it would have been given. But to 'la baa . (they) di dn 't go there . What to do !
NEW VOCABULARY ochE 'exclamation of xrugud iba 'to become chronically sympathy ' ill ' maa 'ne 'purpose, meaning ' s i ba ' 'to die ' khOyO ...khOyO , sometimes ' waaba ' 'to throw out ' bxyObaa' 'to throw out ' to 'ndor i ' all, every thing ' m i ' mma E 'memsahebs ' DaakTor 'doctor ' txoba 'to meet ' sa ' 11a 'consultation ' 165
NOTES
Line 1: Note the use of xyaaba ' here in the verbal compound sixyaaba ' giving emphasis in an intransitive verb . In a similar way waabaa ' (Lit : 'to throw out ') is used with transitive verbs. Line 4: khOyO ' to'n ..., khOyO ' to 'n . . . 'Sometimes this ... ', 'Some times that ... '. khOyO ' normally means 'when ', but repeated thus , or as khOyO ' khOyO ', it means 'sometimes '.
BU ILD-UP DR I LLS
1. to ' na 'ba? to ' na 'badi? 'What was the sickness? What was the sickness?' to ' na 'ba to' na 'badi? khOyO ' 'Wha t was the sickness? What was the to'n na 'ba. khOyO' to'n sickness? Some times it was some na'ba. sickness, sometimes it was another sickness. ' to ' na 'ba to ' na 'badi? khOyO ' 'What was the sickness? What was the to'n na 'ba. khOyO' to 'n sickness? Sometimes it was some na'ba. cha len xrugudiri ldo' sickness. Sometimes it was another sixyaai '. sickness. In that way he become chronically ill and died. ' 2. to 'ndo ri ladO'n chale. 'They did every thing Zike that. They to' ndori lad O'n chale tara did everything Zike that but (he) axsxa ' . wasn 't heaZed. ' to ' ndori ladO'n chale tara 'They did every thing Zike that but axsxa'. to 'i maa 'ne axcxu . (he) wasn 't heaZed. No purpose was achieved by them. ' 3. pukhru 'ram bobaami bolaa. 'They did indeed take him to Pokhara. ' pukhru' ram bobaami bolaa. 'They did indeed take him to Pokhara, tara ca ' mimmae aspataa 'lar but they say they didn 't take him axbo ro o to the memsaheb 's hospitaL ' pukhru' ram bobaami bo laa. 'They did indeed take him to Pokhara, tara ca ' mimmae aspataa 'lar but they say they didn 't take him axbo ro . prakaash ngAA r to the memsaheb 's hospita Z. They mattre' boi ro o say they took him the pZace of Prekaash. ' 4. chenle sa ' 11 a plma'laa . , (They) wouZd have given good advise. ' chenle ngyui 'du biyAA to' lal 'If (they) had asked carefuZZy what txum? to' lal txum7 chenle shouZd be done? What shouZd we 5 a ' 1 1 a pIma' 1 a a . do ? (they) wouZd have given good advice . ' 166
SUBST ITUT ION DR ILLS
1. pukhru' ram bobaami bolaa. 'They did indeed take (them) to Pokhara . '
prxaba 'mi prxalaa ' wa�k to labaa 'mi lala do it in ngyu 'ib ami ngyui'la ask in sxaba 'mi sxalaa ' get hea�ed in
2. aspataa 'lar bo i biri ' DaakTor 'Having taken him to the hospita� ne txoma la. they wou�d have met with the doctor. '
pukhru' xyaai biri ' maE yOma'la 'Having gone to Pokhara they wou �d have got medicine. ' goraama 'ene xyaa i bi ri' susaar 'Having gone to the foreigners they yOma ' 1 a wou �d have had good care. ' ma E ca i biri ' sxama 'la 'Having eaten medicine they wou�d have been hea�ed. ' MED I CAL LESSONS 81-93
LESSON 81
'Giving Medicine in Tusya ' 1. 0 ' kanchi! 'Hey, Youngest-sister! ' 2. xaju'r. 'Yes. ' 3. khan i' xyaamu '1 'Where are you going?'
4 • rna E 1 a b a ' r i. t u ' 5 i", mi n go 'To give medicine. ( Lit : to do axsxe ' . medicine ) Dear me, I don 't know (their) name . ' 5. Tusyaa ' waa1 'Do (they) live in TUSYAA ?' 6. o. Tusyaa 'ri. 'Yes. In TUSYA . ' 7. jar kha ba ' u, to ' na 'ba7 'Does fe ver come, or what hurts?' 8. axngxl ' , maa 5 i ' taba 'ro. 'No. Diarrhoea, they say. ' 9. e, 0, o. 'Oh, yes, I see. '
NEW VOCABULARY ma E 'medicine ' t u' 5 I 'I don 't know ' ml 'name ' ngo 'knowledge ' -seba ' 'to know ' jar 'fever ' na ' ba 'sickness, hurting ' maas i ' 'diarrhoea (with mucus) ,
NOTES
Line 4: tu 'si is used frequently to introduce a topic which might be slightly embarrasing. In this case the foreigner is embarrassed that he has forgotten the name of his patient . In other usage tu 'si, ngo axsxe' , thaa axsxe' , thaa axxre' are used almost interchangeably to mean , 'I don 't know. ' Line 8: 'to happen, to become ' is another sense of the verb tabaa ' 'diarrhoea has happened '.
167 168
BUILD-UP DR ILLS
1. tu 'si, ml ngo axsxe'. 'WeZZ... er ... I don 't know (their) nameB . ' maE lab a'ri. tu 'si, ml ngo 'I'm going to give medicine . We ZZ ...
axsxe ' • er ... I don 't know (their) nameB. ' 2. maas i' tab ro o 'They Baid it iB diarrhoea. '
a x n 9 x I ' . rna a5 i' tab r 0 ' • 'No. They Baid it iB diarrhoea. '
SUBSTITUTION DR ILLS
axngxl ' maas i' tab ro o , No. They Bay they have mUCUB in the BtOOZB. '
jar khab' a fe ver haB come . yo na 'b the hand hurtB. 169
LESSON 82
'The Cut Leg ' 1. khan i' xyaa i' yu 'la a kanch i? 'Where are you coming back down from, youngest daughter?' 2. kammEe dxl ri '. 'The blacksmith 's house. ' 3. ma E lab a'r xyaa l' waa '? 'You went to do medicine, did you? ' 4. 0, maE laba'r xyaalaa' . 'Yes, I went to give medicine.' 5. axsxangngyU ' waa? 'She 's not healed? ' 6. chenle axsxangngyU '. 'Not comp letely healed. ' 7. khani 'r dana tho'na? 'In what place is it cut?' 8. pxa l i DAADari . , In the shin. ' 9. saarle'n tho'na do '? 'It 's badly cut then, is it? ' 10. 0, beseri saarle' tho'na . 'Yes, very severely cut. '
NEW VOCABULARY
5 xa ba ' 'to heal ' dana 'direct ion, place ' pxa 1 i , leg ' DAADa 'shin, stem, hill! ' do' 'emphatic ' saaro 'serious, extreme '
BU ILD-UP DR I LLS
1. khan i' xyaa i' kanch i? 'Where did you go last-born daughter?' khan i' xyaa i' yu 'la kanchi? 'Where are you coming back down from? ' 2. saarle' tho'na. 'I see it is badly cut . ' 0. beseri saarle' tho'na. , Yes I see it is very badly cut. '
SUBSTITUT ION DR ILLS
1. chenle axsxangngyU '. 'It is not healed completely '
axpxrangngyU . '(He) doesn 't wa lk we ll. ' axmxaengngyU . 'haven 't sought thoroughly . ' axxyongngyU. 'hasn 't boiled we ll. ' axthE' ngngyU . 'hasn 't put it in properly. ' axmro 'ngngyU . 'hasn 't lit well. ' 170
2. maE laba'r xyaal' waa '? 'You went to do medicine did you?'
tAA ngyuiba'r to a8k about a matter . surjelai xu iba'r to can Surje . TonDaa ' thuba ' r to pick TonDaaq . cuduru' caba ' r to eat cuduru berrie8? pa lAA' caba'r pal aan timmru ' caba'r timru thu mxaebar to 8eek a friend . tamU kxyu i' lub a'r to learn the Gurung language . 171
LESSON 83
'Medicine For Fever ' 1. ngalai maE pindi. 'PZease give me medicine. ' 2. to ' maE7 kra na 'ba u7 'What sort of medicine ? For head aches or (what) ?' 3. axngxl ', jar khaba . 'No, for fe ver. ' 4. mu . kad i' ca idim7 'We have them. How many are needed? ' 5. ngalai thaa axxre ', kadi ' 'I don 't know. How many are needed? ' ka di ' ca idim7 6. khoyO ' sere ' na 'i7 'Since when has it been hurting?' 7. t i y AA ' sO 9 a 'E t ai' . 'To-day three days have eZapsed. ' 8. cha bi 'yAA mx ui ' gxril' 'In that case a rupee 's worth is ca idim. needed. ' 9. pin sidi '. 'PZease give them then. ' 10. 0, 0, nAA ' kin. 'Here, take them. ' 11. tam. 'O.K. '
NEW VOCABULARY kra 'head, hair ' sere ' 'from, since '
ADDITIONAL VOCABULARY
-la 'num. classifier on months '
NOTES
Line 5: kadi ' ca idim is used in this utterance as a rhetorical question me aning 'I don 't know how many are needed '.
BU ILD-UP DRILLS
1. kadi ' ca idim7 'How much neede d? ' ngalai thaa axxre' . kadi ' 'I don 't know much is needed? ' ca idim7 2. mxui ' gxril' ca idim. 'A rupee 's worth is neede d. ' cha bi 'yAA mxui ' gxril' 'In that case, one rupee 's worth is ca idim. needed. ' 172
SUBST ITUT ION DR I LLS
1. tlyAA ' sOga 'E ta i. 'Today it i8 3 daY8. '
TxugaE 6 daY8. kuga 'E 9 daY8. sad r i ' 1 week. sad ngxl ' 2 week8.
mxa I na t i ' I a 1 month8 . mxa lna sO 'la 3 month8 .
2. cha bi 'yAA mxui ' gxri I'(a) 'In that case 1 rupee 's worth is ca idim. needed. '
mxor sO 'bol (a) 3 moho r' s mxo r ku 'bol (a) 9 moho r ' s mxui ' ngi 'l(a) 7 rupee '8 173
LESSON 84
'The Diarrhoea Patient ' 1. baabae . ngam cher di 'i biri ' 'Goodness me ! Having had diarrhoea, saar ta i. it has now become serious . ' 2. ma E axla' i waa? 'Have you not taken ( Lit : done ) medicine? ' 3. khabdi' bobxlbdi ' pukhru '? 'Who would take me to Pokhara?' 4. pukhru ' xyaa laa' axtxu . 'You don 't have to go to Pokhara. ' 5. cu' ram khani ' yOmdi '? 'And where wou ld it be available here ? ' 6. goraama 'Enen yOmdi. 'With the We sterners it is availab le. ' 7. xO , chabi 'yAA ca ' rna xyaa l' 'Really, in that I should go there . ' txu i . 8. ca ' rna xyaad '. 'Go there. ' 9. pa isaa ' kad i' ca idib mue? 'And how much money might be nee ded? ' 10. Ixe' axc a'idi. 'Not a lot is needed. '
NEW VOCABULARY baabae 'exclamat ion ' cherdiba' 'to have loose bowe l -bxlba' 'benefactive auxiliary ' motions '
NOTES
Line 3: bobxlb di : Compounded with anither verb stem gives a benefac tive sense. Hence the gloss 'who would take me to Pokhara? ' Line 6: goraamaEnen The -nen suffix is an acc ompaniment particle which is best translated 'with '. Line 9: mue The -e suffix on mu indicates a questioning, uncertainty aspect hence the translat ion 'how much money might be needed? '
BUILD-UP DR ILLS
1. baabae ngam saa r ta i '. 'Oh dear! I'm seriously ill. ' baabae! ngam cher di 'i biri ' 'Oh dear! Since having diarrhoea I saar ta i'. have become seriously ill. ' 2. ca ' rna xyaal ' txui . , I should go there . ' x07 chabi'y AA ca ' rna xyaa l' 'Really? In that case I should go txu i . there . ' 3. kadi ' ca idib mue? 'How much migh t be needed? ' pa isaa' kadi ' ca idib mue '? 'How much money might be needed? ' 174
SUBST ITUTION DR I LLS
1. ngam cherdi 'i biri ' saa r ta i '. 'Having had diarrhoea I have become seriousty itt. '
jar khai ' biri ' a fe ver kra na 'i biri ' a headache pxal i tho'waai biri ' cut my foot maas i' ta i' biri ' mucus in stoo ts
2. goraama ' E nen yOmd i ' . 'With the Westerners . '
bxaare'maE nen carriers. bidhyaa rthi 'maE nen students ubxapradxaan nen deputy mayor cu ' khaagu ba ' e mx i nen the peop te round here kammE ' nen bZacksmiths txulmaE taitors
3. pa i saa ' ka d i ' ca i d i b mue '7 'How much money might be needed? '
khani 'r xyaab' mue '7 'Where might (they) be going?' to ' cab mue '7 'What might they be eating? ' khablai mxaeb mue '7 'Who might they be seeking?' kad i ' xrEgo mu 'e'7 'How far might it be ?'
4. khabdi' bobxlbdi '7 'Who wouZd take me?'
labxlb di '7 do it for me ? ngyu 'i bxl b di '7 ask for me ? xyo bxl b di '7 cook (it) fo r me ? khe' bxlbdi '7 read (it) for me? 175
LESSON 85
'Intestinal Worm Medicine ' 1. pxebee' ma E mu u, axxre'7 'Do you have worm medicine or not. ' 2. mu . khaba 'e 1 xa a 9 i r i ca i d i i 7 'We have. Who is it needed fo r? '
3. t u ' s i , kad i ' ca idim. ngalai 'I don 't know . How much is needed. to 'i thaa axxre '. I don 't know. ' 4. chab i'y AA baaroDa ca idim. 'In that case you need 12. ' 5. baa roDa muyAA ' sxam maa '7 'If you have 12 that wi ll heal. Wi H it? ' 6. axsxa du ' biyAA aargo ' cal 'If you are not healed you will have txum. to eat more (medicine). ' 7. baa roDa 1 xa a 9 i r paisaa' ka d i ' 'For 12, how much money is needed? ' ca idim7 8. lxe' axlxaudi, mxor i ' ma ttre' 'You don 't need a lot. It is jus t gaa . 1 moho r. '
9. chab i 'yAA mxu i ' gxr i 1 pin 0 ' • 'In that case please give me one rup ee 's worth. ' 10. 0, pa ile' mxor i'l cadu , 'O.K. First eat a moh or's worth. axsxadu' biyAA phe 'ri ca len Then if you are not healed then it tam. is O. K. to eat it again. '
NEW VOCABULARY pxebe 'intestinal worm ' phe'ri 'other, more, again '
NOTES
Line Note the -e ' participial suffix on pxebe. Line 10: -en suffix caba indicates manner of performing action . Line 3: Note the use of tu'si in this line as a topic introducer to bring up a topic which could be slightly embarrassing.
BUILD-UP DR I LLS
1. t u ' s i , kad i ' ca idim7 'I don 't know. How much is needed? ' t u ' s i , kad i ' ca i dim. nga 1 a i 'I don 't know! How much is needed. to' i thaa axxre' . I don 't know 'any thing. ' 2. aargo ' ca l txum. 'You will have to eat more (medicine) .' tu'si axsxadu' biyAA aargo' 'Well if you are not healed you will cal txum. have to eat more . ' 3. axsxadu' biyAA phe' ri ca len 'If you are not healed it is O.K. to tam. eat it again. ' o pa ile' mxo r i'l cadu' , 'Yes. First eat a moh or's worth axsxadu' biyAA phe'ri ca len (then) if you are not hea led it is tam. O. K. to eat it again. ' 176
SUBSTITUTION DR ILLS
l. axsxadu' biyAA aargo ' ca len ' If you ape not healed it wi zz. be tam. O. K. to eat othep (medicine) . '
axtO 'du If you don 't "like it ... axtxe'du' If you don 't don 't cook it ... axkl 'du ... If you don 't buy it ...
2. phe'ri ca len tam. , It i8 O. K. to eat mope. '
tAAn ' sa 'e azz. thing8. TonOaa' Txaa TonOaaq veg. mxaar chyugu ' yezz.ow ghee. 177
LESSON 86
'Medicine For a Sore Foot ' 1. suryema 'e aabma 'Ed ka E ea i' 'Has surje 's fami ly eaten rice, last waa ' eyO? born son? ' 2. axea ' ngngyU baajyu. ta 'le ? 'No, Grandfather. Why? ' 3. nga 'e pxal ir ma E pho'b 'I was thinking to get medicine to bisyaabaa ' . put on my fo ot. ' 4. axeangngyU, xyoba r khOngngyU . 'They haven 't eaten. They have started cooking. ' 5. ehabi 'yAA togo 'n xyaa l' txu i 'In that case I had better go (to do '? them) now? ' 6. xyaa'sidi ', ple'n. to' ta i', 'Go, they wi ll probably give it. pxa 1 i? What happened to your fo ot?' 7. kh in gxaa ' tabaa '. 'A sore came of itself. ' 8. khOyO ' sera'? , Since when? ' 9. tiyAA 'm sadri de' ta i. 'Today it 's about a week. ' 10. xO . , Indeed. '
NEW VOCABULARY ma 'e 'possessive ' baajyu 'grandfather ' pho ' ba 'to apply, to pay khO 'ba 'to enter, to be about to ' expenses ' gxaa ' 'sore (n. )' kh in 'by itself ' sadri 'one week '
NOTES
Line 1: suryema 'e aaba: -ma 'e is possessive marker for kin terms . Line 6: pleqn The -e'n suffix indicates a probability aspect . Line 4: khOngngyU The verb 'to enter ', when used as an auxiliary to another verb means 'about to Alternately ... . -bi sengngyU is also used in the same way .
BUILD-UP DR ILLS
1. kaE ea i' waa ', eyO? 'Have (they) eaten rice, last-born son? ' suryema 'e aabma 'E kaE ea i' 'Have Surje 's fa ther 's peop le eaten waa' , eyO? rice, last-born son? ' 2. xyoba r khOngngyU . '(They) are about to cook. ' axea 'ngngyU . xyobar , (They) haven 't eaten. (They) are khO 'ngngyU . about to cook. ' 178
3. xyaa 'sidi I plein. 'Go then. (They 'ZZ) probabZy give (it) . ' xyaa 'sidi I. plein. tol ta i I. 'Go then. (They 'ZZ) probab Zy give pxa 1 i? (it) what happened (to your) fo ot?'
SUBSTITUT ION DR I LLS
1. surye ma le aama kho' i? 'Where is mother of Surje?'
dx I' the house of naa'ni first-born sister nAA'sa village. jaxAAn famiZy baajyu grandfather
2. xyobar khO 'ngngyU . '(They) are about to cook. '
caba'r eat. xu iba'r caZZ. 1 aba I r do it. bxaba I r bring it.
3. xyaa'sidi ' plein 'Go then they wiZ Z probab Zy give it. '
prxien write pho 'en app Zy (it-medicine) lae'n do it thee 'n hear
TRANSFORM DR ILL
1- xyoba r khOngngyU 'They are about to cook. ' 2. xyo l khAA I I 'They have finished cooking. ' 3. xyo l yO II 'They are abZe to cook. ' 4. xyol txum 'They must cook. ' 5. xyo bxlm' 'They cook for 'the benefit of others. ' 179
LESSON 87
'Medicine for Blood and Mucus in Stools ' 1. ngalai ma E plndi . mu u, 'Please give me medicine." Do you axx re '7 have it or not?' 2. to' na 'bae maE ca idii7 'What sort of hurting is the medicine needed for ?' 3. ra 'gat maasi' tab sxaba 'e ma E. 'Medicine to heal blood in the stools. ' 4. mu . tara tugyU 'mba bxanda' 'We have. Though compared with last mxAAgu ' mu. year it is expensive. ' 5. na 'b sxadu 'biyAA mxAAgo ' 'If it gives hea ling to the pain it mu len tam. doesn 't matter if it is expensive . ' 6. na ' cu ' cxaga la mxor ngxabo' 'Here. This much costs 5 mohors .' I xaud i i . 7. 0, sxa du'biyAA mxu i ' cyu ' 'Yes, if it gives healing even if you b i I en plm. asked Rs 10/- (I) would give (it). ' 8. cu 'd axsxadu' biyAA phe' r i 'If this does not heal you will have aargo' ca l txum. to eat other (medicine) . ' 9. tam axsxadu' biyAA phe ' r i 'O.K. If I am not healed I wi ll kham aa7 come again O. K.?' 10. maE puraa ' axca 'du biyAA 'If you don 't eat all the medicine, sxaba ' gaaro tam. healing win be difficult. ' 11. sU p r i I txum u, axtxu7 'Should I refrain from eating some things or not (Lit : Is the mouth forbidden or not?)' 12 . se ja'ga pril txum. aru 'You shou ldn 't eat meat. Other wise axtxumaEn. it is not neces sary to diet. '
NEW VOCABULARY tugyU 'mba 'last year ' bxanda ' 'compared with ' mxAAgu ' 'exp ensive ' ra ' ga t maas i ' 'blood and mucus in puraa ' 'completely ' stools ' priba 'to restrict certain sU 'mouth ' fo ods from the diet ' aru, aargo ' , other '
ADDITIONAL VOCABULARY na idi 'ma 'year before last ' nxepaal , Kathmandu '
NOTES
Line 4: tugyU ' mba bxanda ' 'compared with last year '. bxanda ' is the mo st common comparative construction in Gurung. 180
Line 11 : sU pri ! txum u axxtu Gurungs believe that certain foodstuffs should be forbidden during certain illnesses and therefore frequently �sk whether they should not eat certain foods if they are sick and come for me dical help .
BUI LD-UP DRI LLS 1. mxAAgu mu . 'They are expensive. ' tugyU 'mba bxanda ' mxAAgu ' mu . 'Compared with Zast year they are expensive. ' mu . ta ra tugyU ' mba bxanda ' 'We have some but compared with Zast mxAAgu ' mu . year they are expensive . ' 2. mxAAgu ' mu !en tam. 'It 's O. K. if it is expensive.' na 'b sxadu'biyAA mxAgu ' mu !en 'If it heaZs then it is O.K. even tam. if it is expensive. ' 3. sxaba ' gaaro tam. , It is difficu Zt to hea L ' ma E puraa ' axca 'du biyAA 'If you do not eat aZZ the medicine sxaba ' gaaro tam. it is difficuZt to heaL ' 4. se ja'ga pri! txum . 'You shouZdn 't eat meats. ' se ja'ga pri ! txum. aru 'You shou Zdn 't eat meats but I don 't axtxumaEn. think you have to restrict other fo ods . '
SUBSTITUTION DR I LLS
1. ra ' gat maas i' tab sxabaqe maE. 'Medicine for heaZing mucus in stooZs. '
kra na'b headache pxebe tab worms jar khab fever cherdib diarrhoea
2. axsxadu' biyAA phe'ri kham waa7 'If I'm not heaZed I shouZd come again, shouZd I? '
cam eat more pho 'm appZy more yu 'm come (from higher aZti tude )
3. tugyU 'mba bxa nda ' mxAAgu ' mu . 'Compared with Zast year it is expensive. '
na i d i 'rna year before Zast pukhru' Pokhara nxepaa! Ka thmandu 181
LESSON 88
'Cough Medicine ' 1. to' lalaa kanch i7 'Wha t are you doing Zast-born daughter? ' 2. sury elai khe 'b lubxl 'ri lau. 'I 'm giving reading instruction to kU 'n. Surje. Sit. ' 3. axkU ' xyaama ' u. nga ' e 'I 'ZZ not sit. I wi ZZ be going. My ko lma'E beseri pxyUde. kha i chiZdren are coughing a Zot. What to I a ba ' 7 do ? ' 4. kad i' ba rsabae jaa7 'How oZd are they?' 5. gxri' ngxad l'b ae, gxri' 'One is five years. One is four plxidl 'bae mu . years. ' 6. nA ', cu ' ma E bodu, daa i 'Here take this medicine. Then give dinarb a'e sOble tl 'l txum. it to them three times a day . ' 7. to ' txir tl 'l txum7 'At what time shouZd I give it to them? ' 8. nxAAgar t i b Ie, txiyAA r tible, 'Give once in the morning, once in jxaa le' nesa 'r tible. chale the day, and then once in evening. t I ' I txum. pxyUbae maE In that way you shouZd give it to ngxithu tam. tithu thU 'ba, them. There are two kinds of cough tith u cabaa ' . thU 'bala medicine. One kind is for eating. ky u'gyu tam. cab a'ia TableD The drinking kind is a thin Ziquid. yaa . The eating kind is a tab Zet. ' 9. chab i'y AA kyu 'gyu pin 0'7 'In that case give me the Ziquid, O. K. ?' 10. tam, pai saa ' pin. 'O.K. , give me the money. '
NEW VOCABULARY kU 'ba 'to sit ' kolo' 'chiZd ' (kolmaqE 'chi Zdren ') pxyUba 'to cough ' t I 'ba 'to feed fZuids (to a chiZd, tx i 'time ' usuaZZy) , -ble 'times ' nxAAga 'morning ' nesa ' 'evening ' txiyAA 'midday ' cha le 'in that way ' jxaale' 'and then (conj )' thU 'ba 'to drink ' 'thu 'kinds ' TableD 'tabZet ' kyu ' gyu 'thin Ziquid ' -dl 'numeral classifier for years '
ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY c i TTh i ' 'Zetter ' 182
NOTES Line 2: khe 'b lu-bxl '-ri-lau. In the phrase 'I am giving reading instruction to Surje ' we have an unusually complex ve rbal construction. khe ' - b lu- bxl '- r i - 1 au read gerund teach benefactive contino past tense Line 3: kha i lab a'? ( Lit : 'How to do it?) is used in a rhetorical sense here to indicate despair . to ' laba '? is also used in a similar way .
BUILD-UP DR I LLS
1. axkU' . xyaamau'. 'I won 't sit I am going. axkU '. xyaamau'. nga ' e 'I won 't sit. I am going. My ko lmaE' beseri pxyUde . chi 'ldren are coughing a 'lot. ' aukU'. xyaamau '. nga'e 'I won 't sit. I am going. My ko lmaE' beseri pxyUde kha i chi'ldren are couhging a 'lot. kaba '? What to do ?' 2. gxri ' plxidl 'bae mu . 'One is fo ur years of age . gxri ' ngxad l'b ae, gxri ' 'One is fi ve years of age, one is plxidl 'bae mu . four years of age. , 3. nA '. cu ' maE bodu. 'Here! Take this medicine. ' nA '. cu ' maE bodu, daa i 'Here ! Take this medicine then fe ed dinarb a'e sOble tl ' 1 txum . it to (them) three times a day . , 4. nxAAga r tible, txiyAAr tible, 'Once in the morning, once at mid jxaale' nesa 'r tible. chale day, then once in the evening. In tl 'l txum. that way you fe ed it to (them) .' nxAAga r tible, txiyAAr tible, 'One in the morning, once at midday, jxa ale' nesa 'r tible. chale then once in the evening. In that tl 'l txum. pxyUbae maE way you fe ed it to (them) . There ngxithu tam. tithu thU'ba. are two kinds of cough medicine. tith u c a ba a ' . One kind is a drinking (kind) . One kind is an eating (kind) .' nxAAgar tible, txiyAA r tible, 'Once in the morning, once at midday, jxaale' nesa 'r tible. cha le then once in the evening . In that tl 'l txum. pxyUbae ma E way you feed it to (them) . There ngxithu tam. tithu thU 'ba, are two kinds of cough medicine . tithu cabaa '. thU 'ba One kind is a dr inking (kind) . One kyu 'gyu tam. cabaa ' TableD kind is an eating (kind) . The yaa . drinking (kind) is sweet. The eat ing (kind) are tab 'lets . ' 183
SUBST ITUTION DRI LLS
1. sury elai khe 'b lubXI 'ri lau. 'I was giving reading instruction to Surje. '
ma E pho'bxlqri lau app Zying medicine for Sur je. ciTThi ' prxibxl'ri lau writing a Zetter for Surje. cxaa' xyobxl 'ri lau making tea for Surje. na 'ga cyu 'bxl 'ri lau penning the chickens.
2. gxr i ' ngxad I' bae gxr i ' 'One is five years of age, one is plxidl 'bae mu . four years of age . ,
ti 'dlba'e.•.•.. sO 'dlbaqe 1 year ...... 3 years
prxed l ' bae ...•.ku 'dlbaqe 8 years ...... 9 years
Txud l ' bae ...... ng i 'dlbae 6 years ...... 7 years
3. dinarba 'e sO 'ble tl 'I txum. 'You shouZd fe ed it (to him) three times a day . '
tible once ngxible two times plxible fo ur times 184
LESSON 89
'The Fall fr om the Paddy Wal l' 1. sa 'nja axta ' waa , baajyu? 'You are not well Grandfather? ' 2. 0, cyO , telaa ' ka llA'Ule' 'Yes, last-born-son, yesterday I kxurixyaa i. fe H from a paddy wa H. ' 3. khan irba 'e ka llA'? 'Where was that paddy wal l? ' 4. cu ' baari rba 'e ka llA'Ule' yaa . 'It was the paddy wa ll of this field. ' 5. ne' myO'1 u? 'Oh. Do you have an injury or what?' 6. o. cu ' yo beseri na ' i. 'Yes. This arm hurts a lot. ' 7. xribam to ' i axta 'maEn waa '? 'The bone isn 't hurt though is it? ' 8. tu 'si, kha i ta i'? kha i ta i'? 'I don 't know. What 's happened? thaa axsxe'. What 's happened? I don 't know. ' 9. olel tam, axtaa '? 'Are you able to move (it) around or not? ' 10. ka 'tti axta ', jxui ' xa ri'le 'Not at all. It is not possible to ro 'ba axta' . Ue on this side . '
NEW VOCABULARY sa 'nja 'well being ' ka 11A' 'paddy wall' kxuriba 'to fa H down, stumble ' mxyO 'ba 'to bruise, hurt ' xriba 'bone ' oleba 'to move around, to stir ro 'ba 'to sleep ' (of fo od) ,
NOTES
Line 9: tam, axtaa '? Contraction in fast speech of tam u axtaa '? Line 10 : xa ri 'le roqba axtaq: the -le suffix on the xa ri ' is a suffix of manner.
BU ILD-UP DR I LLS
1. telaa ' ka llA'Ule' kxurixyaai'. 'Yesterday (I) fe ll from the paddy waH. ' O. cyO . telaa ' ka llA'Ule' 'Yes last-born son. Yesterday (I) kxu rixyaa i '. fe H from the paddy waH. ' 2. t u ' s i . thaa axxre'. 'I don 't know. I don 't know. ' tu'si kha i ta i'? kha i thaa 'I don 't know . How did it happen? axx re' . How did it happen? I don 't know. ' 3. ka 'tti axta'. 'Not at alL ' ka 'tti axta'. jxui ' xa ri 'le 'Not at all. It is not possible to ro 'ba axta '. sleep on this side. ' 185
SUBST ITUTION DRILLS
1. cu ' baarirba 'e ka llA'Ule 'From the wa H of this field. '
ca ' that fi eld. ma rba 'e lower fi eld. tarba 'e upper field. jxaaba 'e fi eld in that direction . jxuba 'e this direction.
2. xribam to' i axta 'maE'n wxaa '7 'Probably nothing has happened to your bone, has it? '
kram head pxa lim fo ot yom hand pxa Ii DAADam shin
3. olel tam axtaa '7 'Is it O. K. to move around 01' not? '
prxal waZk Du I d i I s tro H around Thaaldil begin (a project) txaa I ' hoe
4. jxui xa ri 'le ro 'ba axta '. 'It is not possible to sleep on this side . '
j xaa i ' that side . Iii the back. 186
LESSON 90
'The Badly Cut Leg ' 1. suryema 'e AAma ! '0 mother of Surje !' 2. xaju'r. , (Yes) sir. 3. chyo' , ngi'e dxl 'r 'Let 's go. Please go to our hous e xyaa 'bxlndi . for me. ' 4. ta 'le ? to ' laba'ri? 'Why ? For doing what?' 5. nga'e cami ' telaa' banar 'Yesterday my daughter went to the xyaalaa', dina kxu rixyaa i' jungle however having fa llen she aut biri ' pxal i tho'waa i. maE her leg. Please app ly some mediaine labxl n'si. for her. ' 6. khoyO ' kxurixyaa i'? 'When did she fa ll?' 7. telaa '. 'Yesterday . ' 8. 0, O. chyo ' xyaa le'. ngad 'O. K. let 's go. I'll look. O.K. ?' ngxyom aa? 9. tam. 1 a b x In'. p a i s a a' kad i ' 'Yes please do it for me . However lxaudile' ngad pho'm. muah money wi ll be needed. I wi ll pay . ' 10. kho' i, gxaa ' UI 'ndi. oxo 'Well! Where is it? Show me the kadi ' saarle' tho'na. axmxu l sore . Oh. How badly it has been chyaa . kyu 'laa xa 'la xu 'li aut. Warm some water. ' 1 aad 0 ' . 11 . 0, laasyo. 'O. K. I wi ll aertainly do it. '
!'lEW VOCABULARY chyo ' 'let 's go ' dina 'however ' ngxyoba 'to look ' kho'i 'exclamation expressing need I 'ba 'to show ' to see something' > I�OTES :�ine 5: waai in tho 'waa i is used in a verbal compound with transitive verbs to give emphasis. BU ILD-UP DRILLS 1. xyaa 'bxln di. , Please go for me. ' ngi 'e dxl 'r xyaa 'bxlndi. 'Please go to our house for me. Let's chyo ' ngi 'e dxl 'r go. Please go to our hous e for me. ' xyaabxlndi. 187 2. nga'e caml ' telaa ' banar 'Yesterday my daughter went to the xyaa laa. jungZe. ' nga'e caml ' telaa ' banar 'Yesterday my daughter went to the xyaa laa dina kxuri xyaa biri ' jung Ze. However having fa ZZen pxal i tho'waai. down she cut her Zeg. ' nga 'e caml ' telaa ' bana r 'Yesterday my daughter went to the xyaa laa dina kxu rixyaa i' jungZe however having fa ZZen down biri ' pxali tho'waa i. maE she aut her Zeg. PZease give (Lit : labxlnsi '. do ) medicine for her. ' 3. ngad ngxyom aa7 'I wiZZ Zook, O. K. ? ' o chyo ' xyaa 1 e' ngad ngxyom 'O.K. , aome on, Zet 's go . I wi ZZ aa7 Zook, O.K. ?' 4. ngad pho'm. 'I wiZZ pay it. ' pa isaa ' kadi' lxaudile ngad 'Whatever money it costs I wiZZ pay pho'm. it. ' 5. kho'i. gxaa ' UI 'ndi. 'Where is it? Show me the sore . kho' i. gxaa ' UI 'ndi. axe , 'Where is it? Show me the sore . Oh! kadi ' saarle' tho'na. How serious Zy it is aut! kho' i gxaa ' UI 'ndi. oxo kadi ' 'Where is it? Show me the sore . Oh ! saarle' tho'na. axmxu l! How serious Zy it is cut! Goodness! cyaa ! kyu 'laa xa 'la xu ' li Ugh ! Warm some water pZease . ' laad o. SUBSTITUTION DR ILLS 1. chyo', ngi 'e dxl ' r 'Let 's go. PZease go to our xyaa 'bxln di . house for me . ' nAA'sar viZZage banar jungZe pi D i r verandah 2. pxal i tho 'waal '(I) CUT my fo ot ' (emphasis) kaE cawaai '(I) ATE (gu Zped down) the riae. ' cxaaq j xOwaa ' i '(I) POURED the' tea. ' (emp) maE lawaa i '(I) DID medicine .' 188 LESSON 91 'The Sore Eye ' 1. to ' ta i' kx i e m I '? 'What happened (to) your eye? ' 2. na 'ba di. , (It 's) hurting. ' 3. khoyO sero' na 'b ja cha le? 'Since when has it been hurting thus ?' 4. tiyAA ' lxe' dinan ta i '. 'Today, many days have eZapsed. ' 5. maE axla'l waa? ki to '? 'Have you not app Zied medicine or what ?' 6. axlaad i. kh in sxamdo ngxAAnaa 'No. I kept thinking it wouZd heaZ ngxAAn jxan ' saar ta il, to ' itseZf but instead it became more labaa'? serious ?' 7. ngad ' maE labxl syo' . pa isaa ' 'I wi ZZ certainZy app Zy medicine for mu u axxre'? you. Do you have money or not? ' 8. ngane mxui ' gxri ' ma ttre ' mu . 'I have one rupee onZy. ' 9. cxaga muyAA ; yu 'maEn. axyudu' 'If you have onZy that much, that biyAA chalen plm. wiZZ probabZy be enough. If it is not enough I shaZZ give the medicine without charge . ' 10. 0, o. labxln' dxa rma 'n kham. 'O. K. PZease do that for me . Merit wi ZZ come (to you) . ' NEW VOCABULARY ml ' 'eye ' ngxAAba 'to think, to fee Z' j xan ' 'but instead aZZ the more ' dxa rma ' 'merit ' NOTES Line 1: Note the unusual word order here . One would normally expect kx ie' ml ' laai to ' ta i '? However the alternate ordering indicates that the speaker realised, as an after thought , that he should add kx ie ml ' in case the hearer did not understand what he was talking about . Line 6: sxamdo ngxAA i would be used to express the idea 'I thought it �ou Zd heaZ '. In this line we have protracted action expre ssed by the discontinuous suffix -naa ...... -n ... sxamdo ngxAAnaa ngxAAn 'I kept thinking it wouZd heaZ '. BUILD-UP DRI LLS 1. khOyO ' sero' na 'b ja? 'Since when has the hurting been? ' khOyO ' sero' na 'b ja cha le? 'Since when has it been hurting thus ?' 2. axla a'di. 'I haven 't done it. ' axlaa'di . kh in sxamdo 'I haven 't done it. I kept thinking ngxAAnaa ngxAA ' n j xan' saa r it wouZd heaZ itseZf but instead it ta i ' . become more serious . ' 189 axla a'di . kh in sxamdo 'I haven 't done it. I kep t thinking ngxAAnaa ngx AAn , jxan ' saar it would heal itself but instead it ta i '. to' labaa'? beaome more serious. What to do ?' 3. cxaga muyAA ' yu 'maEn. 'If there is just that muah that will probably be enough. ' cxaga muyAA ; yu 'maEn. axy udu' 'If there is just that muah, that will biyAA chale plm. probab ly be enough. If it is not enough. I will give it anyway (without taking payment .)' SUBSTITUT ION DRI LLS 1. to ' ta i " kx i e m I ' ? 'What happened (to) your eye ? kra head pxa I i DAADa shin yo hand pxa 1 i fo ot 2. kh in sxamdo ngxAAi . 'I thought it would heal by itseZf. ' pho ' mdo he would apply the mediaine himself. mrO 'mdo ' see it himself. theemdo ' hear ngyu 'imdo ' ask 3 . sxamdo ngxAAnaa ngxAAn , jxan ' 'I kept thinking it would heal, but saar ta i'. instead it has beaome more serious. ' maE pho 'naa pho'n, I kept app lying mediaine canaa can eating lanaa Ian doing thU 'naa thU'n drinking 4. ngad maE labxlsyo ' 'I will aertainly do mediaine for you. ' pho'bxlsyo ' apply plbxl syo ' give pa isaa ' plbxlsyo ' give money ngxyobxl syo ' look at it 190 LESSON 92 'The Diarrhoea Patient ' 1. to ' ta i' kx i, OyAAnggraa 'What 's happened to you. You 've got tanad i? so thin. ' ;2 . ngam maasi'd sya a'i. chatai 'I 've had muaus (in stools). That 's OyAAngg raa ta i ' . why I've beaome thin. ' .3 . ra 'gat maas i' u? 'Blood and muaus or (what)?' 'i , axngxl '. taargyaa maas i' yaa . 'No. White muaus. Do you have maE mu u, axxre '. mediaine or not? ' �5 . tu lsi, ngad ngxyom aa . 'I don 't know. I shalZ look, shall mu lAA'mae. I? Yes there is some indeed. ' 6. muyAA ' mxor ilde ' plndi. 'If you have some, please give me about a mohor's worth. ' 7. mxor i' maEd i' axsxa' . sxaba 'e 'A mohor's worth of mediaine won 't lxaagiri mxor ngxabo'l ca idim. heal (you) . For healing you wi ll need five mohors ' worth. ' B. mxor i' maEd axsxa ' waa? 'A mohor's worth won 't heal? ' 9. axsxa '. ka 'tti axsxa '. 'No. It aouldn 't possibly heal you. ' :. 0. diyAA kadi 'd sxamu ' cxaga llA 'In that aase however muah wi ll heal pi nd i . me, please give me that muah. ' :1. mxor ngxabo 'l ca idim. 'Five mohors ' worth are needed. ' 12 . 0, 0, pin. 'O. K. give it. ' NEW VOCABULARY DyAAnggraa 'thin ' syaa 'ba 'to reaah, to affliat ' ngxyoba 'to look ' diyAA 'in that aase ' ADD ITIONAL VOCABULARY �. a rma 'aold (ailment) ' NOTES Line 2: syaa 'ba Note the metaphorical sense of this work . It is also lsed when speaking of the curse of a witch or evil spirit : pumsyod sya a'i 'a witah has reaahed (aursed) me . ' Line 5: mu lAA'mae The -lAA'mae suffix here functions as a discovery a.spect in the same way as -namae or more simp ly -na . The -mae adds emphasis. 191 BUI LD-UP DRILLS 1. ngam maasi 'd syaa ' i. , I have had mucus in stools. ' n gam ma as i 'd s yaa ' i . chata i 'I 've had mucus in the stools that 's DyAAngraa ta i ' . why I've become thin. ' 2. axngxl ' taargyaa maasi' yaa . 'No . It is mucus in the stools. ' axngx I', taa rgyaa maas i 'yaa. 'No. It is mucus in the stools. Do maE mu axxre '? you have medicine or not? ' 3. mxor i' maEd i' axsxa '. 'A mohor's worth of medicine won 't heal you. ' mxor i' maEd i' axsxa '. sxaba 'e 'A mohor's worth of medicine won 't lxaagiri mxor ngxabo 'l heal you. For healing you will ca i dim. need fi ve mohors ' worth. ' 4. cxagal lA plndi. 'Give me just that much. ' diyAA kadi 'd sxamu cxaga llA 'In that case however much will heal pi nd i . me give me just that much. ' SUBSTITUTION DRILLS 1. n gam ma as i 'd s y a a ' i • cha t a i 'I 've had (been reached by) mucus in DyAAngraa tai . the stools. That 's why I've become thin. ' sa ' rmaEd a co ld jarad a fever pxebed worms ra 'gat maasi 'd mucus and blood in stools. 2. muyAA ' mxor ilde ' plndi '. 'If you have some please give me about a mohor's worth. ' mxuiri lde' rupee 's mxorsO 'bolde' 3 moh ors ' tin suga'lde 3 suka s ' 192 ESSON 93 'The Sore Throat ' 1. DaakTo r saab' , Doctor! ' .2 . xaju'r , to' bilaa? 'Yes, what is it? (Lit : what did you say?) , 3. ngalaa i ml O'gu na 'b sxaba 'e 'Please give me medicine to heal my ma E pind i . sore throat. ' .� . khoyO ' sero' na 'b jaa? 'How long (Lit : Since When) has it been sore?' �) . t i y AA ' sO9 a 'E t a i . 'Today it 's three days. ' 6. kho' i, AA ' lad ... kx ilaai 'Well, say "A h". . . (I) don 't have to 5 U i ' j xO I a a ' axtxu , cu' ma E give you an injection. Eat this cad . medicine . ' 7. cu ' maE kha i Ie cab jaa? 'How is this medicine eaten? ' B. cu ' maE ngewaabaa ' axta ' . 'This medicine is not for chewing. sUrnaa ' thE I b i r i ' tu' mattre' You should just put it in your mouth kh lxyOI txum . and swa llow the saliva . ' 9. cu' kadi' dinae' Ixaagi r jaa? 'How many days is this for? ' :. 0. plxigaE Ixaagiri . dinar 'For fo ur days. You should take sO ' phU ca I txum. nxAAga r i , three a day . One each at morning, t xi y AA r i " n e 5 a a ' r i t i ' ph U noon, and night - O.K. ?' ti 'phU le ca l txum aa. 11. 0, tam, bindi mu . 'Yes, O. K. Good morning. NEW VOCABULARY mlO'gu 'throat ' 5 U i ' 'injection ' ngeba 'to chew ' khl xyOba 'to swallow ' BUI LD-UP DRILLS 1. ngalaai ma E plndi. 'Please give me medicine. ' ngalaai mlO'gu na 'b sxaba 'e 'Please give me medicine which heals maE pi ndi . sore throats. ' 2. cu' maE cad. 'Eat this medicine . ' kxilai sui ' jxOlaa' axtxu. 'You don 't have to have an injection cu' maE cad . put in. Eat this medicine. ' kho ' i, AA ' lad ....kxi laai 'Well. Say "aah" .. You don 't have sui ' jxOlaa' axtxu. cu ' maE to have an injection put in. Eat cad . this medicine . ' 3. cu' maE ngewaabaa ' axtaa '. 'You shouldn 't chew this medicine . ' cu' maE ngewaabaa' axtaa '. 'You shouldn 't chew this medicine. sUrnaa ' thEI biri ' tu ma ttre' Having put it in your mouth you kh I xyO I txum. swa llow only the saliva. ' 193 4. t i 'phU t I'phU caI txum aa . 'You eat one at a time O. K. 7' nxAAga ri , txiyAAr i', nesaa 'ri 'In the morning, afternoon and ti'phU ti 'phU ca l txum aa . evening you eat one at a time, O. K. ?' dinar sO ' phU ca l txum. 'Each day you must eat three. ' nxAAga ri , txiyAAri ', nesaa 'ri 'In the morning, afternoon and evening ti 'phU ti 'phU ca l txum aa. you eat one at a time . O. K. ?' SUBSTITUTION DR I LLS 1. ngalaa i ml O'gu na 'b sxaba 'e 'PZease give me medicine which ma E pind i . heaZs sore throats. ' jar khab fever kra na 'b head aches pxa l tho'waab cut fo ot ml ' na ' b sore eyes pxebe tab worms pxyUb coughing gxaa ' tab sores 2. cu ' maE khaile cab jaa? 'How is this medicine to be taken?' cam? 'HoW shou Zd I eat this medicine ?' ca I txum? 'How must I eat this medicine ?' ca las e'? 'How shouZd I probabZy eat this medicine? ' cal yOm? 'How is it possibZe (Lit : avaiZabZe ) for me to eat this medicine?' APPENVIX 1 GRAMMAT ICAL TABLES 1. CASE PARTICLES ON NOUNS CASE PARTICLES MEANING IN LESSON NO . Benefactive -e lxaag iri 'for ' 3 Comitative -ne, -ne p r i 'with ' 41 -ne baa 1 u, mane Comparative -bxanda 'than ' 36 Dat ive -1ai, 1 a 'to, for ' 2 Ergative - d ( i ) , - t{ i ) 3 Genitive -e, - 1 ( a ) 'of ' Locative 1 iIi, 1 i Ud i 'after, behind ' nxor i 'inside ' asO 'before, in front of ' 39 phi r i 'upon ' - r ( i ) 'in, to, at ' 2 samma ' 'up to, unti l- 24 -U, -Ud i , -Uldi 'towards ' 18 Source -1e' , -Ule' , - i 1 e' 'from (spatial ) , 29 sero ' 'since, fr om (t emporal) , 31 Thematic -d i ' , -m, -1a 'topic focus' 2 194 195 2. ASPECT- MOOD (TENSE ) SUFFIXES (ON VERBS) FORM MEANING LESSON NO . -b( a ) infinitive 91 -m non-past (final ) 2 -mu, -mU non-past (nonfinal ) 3 - i , - I past (final ) 1 -d i , - j i past (nonfinal ) -ngngyU , -imu completive , perfect 20 -na, -IAA discovery 1, 59 -Ia, - I u pluperfect 16 -e questioning 31 -Iase, -Ia i dubitative 37 -ma la unreal 53 -male' concurrent 53 -maEn, -en probabil1tative 31, 59 -bae gerundive 4 -syo emphatic future (1st pers) 8 -brE habituative 62 adj ectival 12 -jon certaint ive 49 -man certaint ive 54 - r i cont inuative 28 HORTATORY (EXHORTING ) -I e 1st pers (sg.pl) 'Let us (do) it. ' 26 -d, - n, Os i , - 5 i d i ' 2nd pers 'Do it! ' 6 -rge, -rige 3rd pers 'Let them do it. ' 32 3. PRONOUNS PERSON SING. PLURAL , 1st (exclusive of hearer) nga 'I ' ng i 'we, not you. , 1st (inclusive of hearer) ngxyo ' 'we, and you. 2nd kxi 'you ' kxemaE 'you ' 3rd (close ) cu ' 'this one ' cu'maE 'these ones ' 3rd (far) ca ' 'that one ' ca 'maE 'those ones ' 196 4. CLAUSE SUBORDINATING SUFFIXES (ON VERBS) FORM MEANING LESSON NO . -se, -na bile 'even if ' 59 -yAA 'if' 18 -i biriq, si , after ' 2, 20 -sero ' , since ' 31 -bae todon 'immediateZy ' -ma .....-m 'protracted action ' -na .....-n 'protracted action ' 62 , 91 -ma leq 'whi Ze ' 4 -1 (aa) 'infinitive ' 5. CONJUNCTIONS FORM MEANING LESSON NO . -ne, nero' , nego' 'and ' 20 ....nen ...nen 'both ....and ' athaba ' 'that is, 01" se ' 'and ' 8 tara 'but ' ...•.axngx l ' .... 'not .....but .... ' ta le biyAA 'because ' 31 ki ' .....ki ' . . . . 'either .....or .... ' u , 01' ' 5 daa i, j xaa 1 e ' 'then ' 36 jxa ale' phe'ri 'and then ' cha tasi 'that being the case ' 37 cha tamaa ' 'that being the case ' NUM ERAL CLASSIFIERS Units of Time 'days ' -gaE 'months ' -la 'years ' -d l 'generaZZy ' -syaa 'times ' -ble 197 Unit s of Weight 'manas ' -mna 'pathis ' -pyono , ngyl byo , sObyO ...-b yo , 20 pathis ' -mr i Obj ects 'small. round ' -phU 'less small round ' -bo , long round ' -gyO 'bundles of wood ' - d i 'smaller bundles of wood ' -cya 'quantities of fluid ' -brA 'riae meals ' -cho 'pieaes of work ' -chaE 'houses ' -gi 'groups of 100's' -braa TEMPORAL WORDS 'Day before 'Yesterday ' 'Today ' 'Tomorrow ' 'Day after Yesterday ' Yesterday ' Ulmi telaa ' tiyAA pxanxAAga nu' I ma n e i d I ' ma tyugyumba tidlma kurimba naudlma 'Year before 'last year ' 'This year ' 'next year ' 'year after last ' next ' VERB MODALS ca l txubae 'must eat ' Lesson 26 ca l yOba 'opportunity to eat ' 24 ca l khAAba 'finished eating. able to eat ' 63 ca l rxa ba 'knows how to eat ' ca l bxlba 'aHowed to eat ' 41 caba'r khOba 'about to eat ' 47 cab i seba 'about to eat ' 47 ca bxlba 'eat on someone else 's behalf' 41 cab taba 'O. K. to eat ' ca ja ngxAAba 'want to eat ' 54 caba ngEba 'agrees to eat [doesn 't resist eating] ' 60 camdo ngxAAba 'thinking (it) would eat ' 50 APPENVIX 2 GURUNG KINSHIP TERMS The Gurung kinship system is basically an Iroquois system in that sibling terms are extended to parallel cousins ; but separat e terms are used for cross cousins from both patrilineal and mat rilineal descent . Descent and inheritance are patrilineal . Residence is patrilocal with daughters going to live at the re sidence of their husbands after marriage . Cross cousin marriages are preferred and , in Ghachok area at least , there is no expressed preference as to whether the mate is chosen through the maternal or the paternal link. Although Dohert y (1974 ) report s sister-exchange marriage as favoured in We st Gurung, sister exchange between lineages (kha lag) is prohibited in Ghachok area . The Gurung populat ion is endogamous as also are the two mo ieties within the Gurung society. These two maj or moieties are called the 'four cZan8 ' (caa 'r jaat) and the '8ixteen cZan8 ' (so' raa jaat). In actual fact neither name is correctly representative of the exact number of clans in each group . GENERAL COMMENTS ON KIN TERMS 1. Members of the vertically extended clan are called one's txamaE while members of one's own generat ion within one's clan are called ti 'maE. Members of other clans within the mo iety are called ngEmaE and the people of these clans provide potential marriage mates for members of the clan . rl 'maE are the female siblings of a male ego or the female siblings of a female ego's husband. muyUma 'E are the male siblings of a female ego . 2. In most kin terms there is a distinction made ,if the person referred to is older or younger than ego . It has been sugge sted that the prefix a- is diagnostic of the terms for those older than ego . Wh ile this is 198 GURUNG KINSHIP CHART I o. 0 3 16 17 II 0 II 0 18 19 16 17 n n ,: S ,: ': II 0 6 a 55 56 q5 \6 A 0 6 0 55 56 55 56 201 true in many cases, it is not consistently so, as in all 'younger brothel" and angaa ' 'younger sister '. 3. Peop le junior to ego are addressed according to their order of birth, using terms borrowed from Nepali except for the first born and last born children of each sex: , 1st born son ' Thaagu ' 1st born daughter ' naa'ni '2nd born son ' mxa IIa ' 2nd born daughter ' mxa II i '3rd born son ' sa I I aa ' '3rd born daughter ' sa I Ii' '4th born son ' ka I I aa ' '4th born daughter ' ka II i ' ''last born son ' eyO ''last born daughter ' examl eyO , kaaj i The terms (of reference and addre ss) for FaBr (23, 27 on chart ) and MoYrSiHu (36) are , according to the man's order of birth in his own family : FaBr MoYrSiHu , 1st born son ' aat hebaa ' kaag I' , 2nd born son ' axmxal 'la axmxa I'la , 3rd born son ' aabsa llaa ' aabsa llaa ' , 4th born son ' aabkallaa' aabkallaa' ''last born son ' aabj yO aabjyO Terms of address for other affinal relations senior to ego are generally based on consanguine links , typically maa 'maa, baajyu, or aumo for men . (The terms for women show more variety, because affinally re lated women , such as mother-in- law, frequently belong to the same clan as a male eg o. )" So the terms of addre ss for these relat ions are marked only by three dot s in the key to the kin chart . 4. If a male ego's youngest female sibling is older than himself he calles her anj yO, that is aana + eyO . (The Gurung phonemic system require s stops to be voiced when they occur medially in a word . Hence eyO become s -jyO when word medial.) If a female ego's youngest male sibling is older than herself she calls him txajyO . In fact all one 's elder male siblings except the elde st , can be addressed as txajyO or axwaa '. If the first born ma le sibling is younger than a female ego she calls him Thaagu. If the first born female sibling is younger than a male ego he calls her naa'ni . Father 's female siblings who are not the elde st or youngest are called phaadE '. ;� 02 KEY TO KINSHIP CHART Number Generation Term of Address Term of Reference 1. G+O axgx I' aadaa 2. cO cO 3. axgxaE' aanaa 4. aumo aumo 5. ..-m a ' e aamaa ..-m a ' e aamaa , mr I 6. cyO a Ii 7. buwaari 8. kaaJ i angaa ' 9. Thaagu, etc . mxo 10. saa 'Du daa i 11 . aasyO 12 . jeTh sha Ii' 13. s ha Ii' 14. syO 'bu 15. Thaagu, etc . saa 'Du bxaa i ' 16. ngOIO'syo ngOIO'syo 1 7. ngOIO' ngOIO' 18. Thaagu, etc . bxaa i ' 19. naa ' n i , etc . r I ' 20. naa'ni, etc . (no term in use ) 21 . G+l aabaa aabaa 22 . aamaa aamaa 23. aathebaa ' aathebaa ' 24. aathe, anthebaa ' anthebaa ' 25 . phaaga 'E phaaga 'E 26. phojyO phojyO 27. aabjyO aabjyO 28. amj yO amj yO 29. kE 30. syumi 31 . maa 'maa maa 'maa 32 . angng i ' engng i ' 33. aathe, anthebaa ' aathe, anthebaa' 34 . aathebaa ' aathebaa' 35. axjxyu ' /axccyO axjxyu ' /axccyO 36 . kaag I ' , etc . kaagl ', etc . 41. G+2 baaj yu baajyu 42. bxujyu ' bxujyu ' 203 45. G-l Thaagu , etc. exa 46. naa'ni, etc . examl 4 7 . eyO exa 48. kaaj i examl eyO 50. naa 'ni, etc . exa eO 5l. Thaagu , etc . exami mxo 52. Thaagu, etc . bxaanja', bxaan i'ja 53· naa I n i , etc . bxaanj i, ' 55 . G-2 Thaagu, etc . kwE 56. naa I n i , etc . kwEml I 60. G-3 Thaagu, etc . naati, panaati 6l . naa I n i , etc . naatini, panaatini APPENDIX 3 THE TWELVE-YEAR CYCLE lxo TABLE The lxo cycle as derived from the Tibetan system is a cycle of twe lve years given animal names and by which Gurungs identify the year in which they were born. The lxo year changes at push 15 (round December 30th) and thus corresponds quite closely with the Roman calendar year . Tibetan Gurung English Year pho pho 'deer ' 1959 ey i nimU 'rat ' 1960 10 mxe ' 'cow ' 1961 to eyE 'tiger ' 1962 xi nOwA 'cat ' 1963 mubru kwre ' 'vuZture ' 1964 sabri puri ' snake ' 1965 ta gxoDaa ' 'horse ' 1966 1 xu kxyu' 'sheep ' 1967 praa yogaa ra 'monkey ' 1968 exye nemA 'bird ' 1969 kh i nagi 'dog ' 1970 204 APPENVIX 4 GLOSSARY The alphabetisation order of this glossary follows that of the Roman alphabet . Nasalised vowels (U) precede oral vowels (u). Accented vowels (U' ) precede non-accented vowels (U). Retroflexed con sonant s (D) precede dental consonant s (d) . Aspirated consonants (kh) occur within a normal Roman ordering, i.e. between ke .•• and ki •.. Likewise breat hy vowels (cxa ...) are alphabetised occur in normal Roman ordering, between cw . . . and cy .... A B abwi/axmxu l 'exclamation of badl uirara' 'harvest time ' surprise ' bajan 'word ' ana 'eLder sister ' ba lla 'finaHy, eventuaHy ' asO ' 'before, in front' bana 'jung Le, forest ' aspaTa 'l 'hospitaL ' ban i 'yearLy saLary ' axgxE ' 'eLdest sister ' banidiba 'to make ' axgxl ' 'eldest brother ' ba rsa 'year ' ax' la ux 'l i 'Luke warm ' bausa 'maLe witch ' axngxl ' 'no ' bAAnu 'stone wa LL ' axx re ' 'non-existent ' baabae 'expression of despair ' AAs i' 'sickLe ' baabu 'term of address for younger aa ba 'father ' ones' aada 'eLder brother ' baaDi 'fLood ' aal i 'younger brother ' baajyu 'grandfather ' aa 1 u ' 'potato ' baa 1 un 'together ' aama 'mot her ' baanu 'stone wa LL' aa rgo/a ru 'other ' baar 'fence, pfotection ' baara 'day of the week ' 205 ;� o6 baaraa 'twe1.ve ' caUthE I 'one quar ter ' baari 'dry fie1.d' cEdo ' 'c1.ose ' baas 'to overnight ' cha 'ba 'to burn - of sun or hot plate ' bele/beseri 'very ' chabi 'yAA 'therefore ' bethaa 'i1.lness ' chaE 'shepherd, herdsman ' b i ba ' to say ' chale 'in that way ' bid i xyaaba 'to die, to waste cha'l pha'l 'discussion ' away in neglect ' chaaba 'na 'like that ' bidyaarthi 'student ' cherd i ba 'to have loose motions ' bind i mu 'greetings ' ch i 'grass ' .. b I e 'times ' chi 'ndri 'just a short whi1.e ' boba 'to take ' chiTTi' '1.etter ' bodo l 'bottle ' -cho 'numeral classifier for rice hoD i ' beans ' meals ' .. braa 'numeral classifier on chuTT i I 'ho liday ' hundreds ' chyAAba 'nice, good ' hU bU xyaaba 'to be fluffed up ' chyaa 'exclamation of disgust ' hxaba 'to bring fr om a lower chyo' 'let 's go ' altitude ' chyugu I 'clarifi ed butter ' bxagaari' 'cane mat ' cis i r i i ' smal 1. ' bxanda I 'compared with ' ciba 'a senior, elder person ' bxAADo ' 'vesse1.' cigO' 'o1.d - of anima1.s ' bxaa I e I 'rooster ' coro'n 'nowadays ' bxaare lma 'E 'carriers ' cU 'ba 'to sell ' bxaaT i I 'inn ' CUi 'this ' -bxl ba 'benefactive aux. ' cuduru I 'red berries' bxO ' 'strength ' curaaDaa I 'cigarette ' bxujyu ' 'grandmo ther ' cwaaba 'to consume ' bxwi I ba 'to bring from a higher cxa 'son ' altitude ' cxaga 'that much ' bxyObaa I 'to throw out ' cxaa ' 'tea ' byOba 'to resemble ' cxo 'this much ' cxu ba I , to prepare ' c cyagaa I cyugu I 'a 1.itt1.e ' ca I 'that ' cyO/ci JyO 'last-born son ' caba 'to eat ' cyu ' 'ten ' caeba 'to ease off ' cyu 'ba 'to enc lose anima1.s ' caj a 'sa1.t ' cyuDidiba 'to separa te, run away ' caidiba 'needed ' cyugu I cyugu I 'a 1.itt1.e ' ca lid i ba 'opera te ' cyugu 'de 'a litt1.e ' caml ' 'daughter ' cyugu'thiri 'small ' casdiba 'to prepare seed bed ' cyulu' 'delicacies ' 207 D gxAAna' 'gold ' DAADa 'hill, stalk, stem ' gxri' 'one ' DaakTor 'doctor ' gxumd iba 'to stroll around ' Duldibaa ' 'to stroll around ' gxyAA ' 'road ' Dxa agre' 'civilian, non-soldier ' Dyaanggraa 'thin ' H dana 'direction ' haj u r 'yes, Sir! ' da r 'rate of wages ' haawaa ' 'air ' darkh aastaa 'officia l complaint ' hoTe 'l 'hotel' dasaE 'Nepalese festiva l in October ' I daa i 'conjunction ' igurle' 'fina lly, conclusively ' daala 'lentils ' daayaa 'mercy ' J de 'approximately ' jaga/jau 'plural marker' desa 'country ' jar/joro 'fever ' -dl 'numeral classifier for years ' jare 'round-abouts ' din 'day ' jaa 'to be ' dina 'and then ' jAAnaa 'numeral classifier for diyAA 'in that case ' people ' do ' 'emphat ic particle ' j aa 1 i 'wire mesh, net ' doxor 'both ' jela 'daily wages ' dugAAna 'shop ' juga 'era, time ' dxa rma 'credit, religion ' jxa ja' 'offspring ' dxe ' ro/dxe 'ro piru 'from now on ' jxan 'instead, all the more ' dxl ' 'house ' j xAAn ' fami ly , dxOba ' 'to pound ' jxaad 'in that direction ' dxU ' 'tree ' jxaale' 'and then ' dxUri ' 'marten ' j xaasa' 'vehicle ' dxUbbrE ' 'thick ' jxOba ' 'to pour in, to put in ' jxuba 'of this direction ' E jyAAU jyAAU 'concentrated confusion ebaa 'to return ' of people and noise ' jyu 'body ' G gang.gyu 'gorge ' K ga rmi 'hot - of weather ' ka 'bla ku 'bule 'roughly, poorly ' ga 'to be ' kabol 'contract ' gaa/gaaro 'difficult ' kaDaa ' 'difficulty ' goraamaE 'white-skinned people ' kaD i kaDaau 'restrictions, laws ' gUn 'gratitude ' kad i' 'how ' gxaa ' 'sore (n. ), wound ' kaE 'cooked rice ' 208 ka 11A' 'paddy waZt. ' khU ' 'hoZe ' kammE 'blacksmith ' khubaa 'to gather together ' kanchi 'last-born daughter ' khwe ' 'give it ' khab 'who ' khw i 'ba 'to return the same day on khaba ' 'who ' a journey ' khaba 'to come ' khyodo 'cattle ' khadaa 'sU 'a mountain ' k I ba 'to buy, to get ' kha 'Eba 'to cut at ground level' kisimbae 'kind of' kha i ba 'e khaa 1 e' 'what kinds of ' kO ' 'price ' kha ibaa ' 'how ' kOba 'to mix ' khaile 'how ' ko 'ba 'to feed solids to someone ' khalaa ' 'threshing floor ' kodaali 'hoe ' khan i da ' i 'nowhere ' kodaar 'firep lace ' khan ir 'where ' kodoba 'to cackle ' khan ira'i 'nowhere ' koj uri ' 'meeting, discussion ' khas i' 'castrated goat or sheep ' ko laa' 'butter milk ' khAA ' ba 'to be ab le to, to kol0 'child ' finish ' (KolmaE' 'children ') khAAj o' 'necessity ' kra 'head, hair ' khaa ' gae 'a little ' kru 'a cubit ' khaagu/khaau 'round about (spatial kU 'ba 'to sit ' and temporal )' ku ' 'nine ' khaau/khaagu 'round about ' ku 'ba 'to move, shift, transfer ' kheba 'to read ' kuba 'to carry ' khed i' paadi' 'terraced ku 'di 'ferris wheel, swing ' agriculture ' ku ' i /kw i 'some ' kxri 'dirt ' maa 'ne 'purpose, meaning ' kxrosena 'honest�y ' maa rd iba 'to experience, enjoy ' kxuriba 'to fa �� down ' maa 'sa 'b�ack �enfi�' kxwe ' , song ' maa s i' , diarrhoea wi th mucus ' kxyu i' '�anguage ' ml ' 'eye ' kyAA ' ba 'to cut ' ml 'name ' kya 'that, over there (spatial m I 'ba ' to be ripe ' and temporal )' mi l a' 'mi � � , kyu ' 'water ' mi 'maE 'memsahebs ' kyu/kxyu ' 'sheep ' ml x� 'unhusked rice ' kyu'gyu 'sweet ' ml O'gu 'throat ' kyuprO ' , sheepfo�d ' -mna 'numeral suffix for manas ' kyusA 'E 'shepherd ' (a measure of volume approximately equal to a pint ) L mo ' 'rattan ' -Ia 'numeral classifier on months ' mr I 'wife ' 1 a ba ' 'to do ' mrO 'rice paddy ' labo ' , �eaves ' mrOba ' 'to see ' lamma 'Buddhist priest ' mroba 'to �ight a �amp, stove etc. ' 1 aa ba 'to heat ' mu ' to be, to have ' 1 I 'ba 'to be tasty ' muyUma ' E 'ma�es ' 1 i' 'face ' mxaeba 'to search for ' I i 'behind ' mxaj aa 'banana ' Ii 'ba 'to finish, of a ceremony; mxa rda 'ma �e ' to set, of the sun ' mxAAd iba 'to appea�' 1 u' 'exclamation to draw attention mxAAgu ' , expensive ' to something ' mxaa lar 'time, occasion ' luba 'to �earn ' mxaara 'go�d, ye��ow ' Ixaaba 'to drive out ' mxe ' 'cow ' Ixaag iri 'for whom, who what ' mxor '50 pa isa - 1 mohor ' mxUDa ' �og , M mxUDe 'kind of banana ' ma 'at �ower a�ti tude ' mxu i' 'rupees ' -maE 'plural suffix, with people ' myO 'ba 'to have an injury 01' sore ' maE 'medicine ' -mae 'possessive suffix' N ma ' 9 i /maa i 'buffa �o ' na ' 'here, take it ' ma khAE ' 'corn, maize ' na'ba 'to hurt, pain, be sick ' ma 'l 'compost ' na ' ga 'fow� ' ma laai 'Ma �aya ' nAA ' 'rain ' ma re ' 'on�y ' nAA'sa 'vi��age ' ma ttre ' 'on�y ' naa 'b 'measurement' 210 naa'nl 'first born daughter ' o naa re ' 'millet ' o 'yes ' nego ' 'and ' oehErna 'e 'dear! (expression of na ldl 'rna 'year before last ' sympathy ) , -ne prl/-ne baa lu/-ne 'with ' oleba 'to stir ' nesa ' 'evening ' nga 'I ' p ngAA 'the place of ' paehoDe 'lat ter part of crop ' nge ' 'Oh! I see what you mean ' pa ' e 'iron ' nge ' 'to be ' pae 'post-funera l ceremony ' ngeba 'to chew ' pa lie' 'formerly, first ' ng l 'we (exclusive )' pa I saa ' 'money ' ng l ' 'seven ' pakhaa ' 'grazing fi elds above ngo 'forehead, knowledge ' village ' ngxa ' 'five ' pa lAA' 'yellow ber ries ' ngxAAba 'to wonder about, to pa lu' 'turn ' think, to want to, to seem pa rd lba 'to cost, must ' to one ' pattu ' 'wi ld asparagus ' 19xe 'milk ' paa ' 'distilled spirits ' I1 gxl ' 'two ' paa 'n 'five ' I1 gxl 'ba 'to fe ar ' pha ' raag 'different' ngxyo ' 'we (inclusive )' pha 'karna ' 'for no special reason ' ngxyoba 'to look ' phargu 'wooden uprights for cattle ngyul'ba 'to ask ' shed ' 11 I'sea I 'certainly ' phaa 1 D u' , spare, other ' 11 0gur 'work party ' phe'rl 'again, more ' 11 0 'weeds ' pheba 'to arrive ' no 'ba 'to carry ' pho 'sma ll deer ' nxaba 'to keep ' pho'ba 'to apply ' nxa r 'weariness ' phojyO 'aunt ' nxa r yu 'ba 'to be tired ' phoxo r ' dirt ' nxAAka rna ' 'early in the morning ' phU 'eggs ' nxeba 'to tread out grains with -phU 'numeral classifier for eggs feet, to knead with feet ' and small round objects' nxepaa 1 'Kathmandu ' phugaa 'fallow fields ' , nxO 'paddy fi elds ' phursat 'leisure, spare time ' nxO 'inside ' phuwaaba 'to col lapse, dismantle ' fl XO ba ' to break. spoi l ' phwlba 'to tie up ' nxU 'worry ' plba 'to give ' pi D I 'verandah ' plnggyaa 'green ' 211 pi 'ba 'to Leave. forsake ' ro 'ba 'to sLeep ' p I xi ' 'four ' rod l 'sLeeping dormi tory ' pluba/ploba 'to boi L in water ' rU lba 'to plant. transplant ' plxu' 'seed ' ru ' byAA 'rupee ' pre 'ba 'to shine ' See also words under xr- . prl 'ba 'to sing ' priba 'forbidden ' s p r x a b a ' to wa L k ' sada 'one week ' prxEsyo 'wife. bride ' sadan 'group . party ' prxe ' 'eight ' sa ' dEba 'to escort ' prxiba' 'to write ' sa ' e 'price ' prxiba 'of Lower aLtitude ' sa 'e 'thing ' prxO 'cattZe she Zter ' saeba 'to kiLZ ' prxOchaE 'herdsman ' saj ilo 'easy ' prxu 'brahman ' sa 1 e' 'matches ' puj yu ' 'indigenous shaman ' sa 'lla 'consultation ' pumsyo 'femaZe witch ' sa 'nja 'health. weZZ-being ' puranu ' 'oZd ' sammaa ' 'up to ' puraa ' 'compZeteZy ' sangkhat 'suspicion ' pxa 1 i 'Zeg. inc luding foot ' sAAj u' 'key ' pxana 'foZlowing (used with days. saabma 'E 'westerners ' years) , saa'la 'year ' pxanxAAga 'tomorrow ' 5 a a ro 'extreme Zy serious ' pxasxi 'children ' sEba 'to return something ' pxEba 'to snatch away ' se 'fLesh/meat ' pxebe 'intestinaL worm ' se'ba 'to know ' pxi 'open weave carrying basket ' se 'ba 'to dance ' pxOba 'to argue ' seba 'to tell' pxyo 'cane mat' se 'graa 'chanting of puj us at death pxyUba 'to cough ' or post-funeraL ceremony ' pyO 'no '1 pathi - measure of sero' 'since. from ' volume approximating 1 gallon ' 51 ' 'wood ' 51 'coZd ' R siba 'to die ' ra 'gat maasi' 'bLood and mucu s in sida'! 'shade ' stools ' sigreT 'cigarette ' ranThi' 'short ' 51! Idiba 'to bring an appeasement rl 'ma'E 'females ' offering ' riba 'to get up ' skula 'schooL ' ro 'they said. it is said ' sO' 'three ' (reported speech) sOba 'to put out to dry in the sun ' ro ' ba 'to weave ' sU 'mouth ' 212 subaa raa 'Friday ' thAAn thaU 'n 'harvest storage ' 5 u 'ga ' 2 5 pice ' thEba ' 'to put in, to put down, to su i' 'injection ' pZant ' suru ' 'begin ' thebbrE ' 'Zarge, big ' susaa r 'care ' thEma E 'residents of a viZZage ' sxaba 'to be hea Zed, to heaZ ' theeba 'to hear ' -syaa 'emphatic ' th i 'kka 'average ' syaa 'ba 'to reach ' thOba 'to open, to make a hoZe ' syO 'river, stream ' tho'ba 'to chop, to cut pay, to buy syui 'ba 'to uproot ' tickets ' syu iba 'to roof a house, fZag a thU'ba 'to drink ' courtyard ' thu 'friend ' - thu 'kinds ' T thu 'ba 'to put up a screen, barrier ' TableD 'tabZet ' thubaa ' 'to cut grains at heads ' TAAng.gra 'beans ' tl ' 'house ' Taa ldU 'cattZe shed ' tl 'ba 'to fe ed fZuids to a chi Zd ' Thaldiba 'to begin a project ' til' joro' 'these days ' Thaagu 'first-born son ' t i ba ' 'to spread out ' The ' kdaa ra ' Zicense, permission ' tibe' 'Zeech ' Th i 'k 'O.K. ' ticyaarnaa ' 'simu Z taneous Zy ' TObaa ' 'to cut through something ' tidI ma 'this year ' Txaa 'rice accompaniment, curry ' t i mmru ' 'berry ' Txu ' 'six ' ti 'r 'edge of river 01' stream ' Tyangki 'tank ' ti 'syaa 'a ZittZe whiZe ' ta 'upper aZtitude ' tiyAA ' 'today ' taba 'to be, to become, to happen ' to 'work remaining to be done ' tagaa ra 'gate post ' to' ba 'to Zike ' talaa ' earZier ' tOphyaa 'r 'unceasing work ' ta ' 1 e 'why ' to ' 'what ' tamu 'Gurung ' to 'ba 'to ho Zd out something, with a tAAn 'aZZ ' view to receiving something in it' taajyO 'oZder brother (not to 'e 'what kind of ' eZdest) , togo ' 'now ' taa 'ne maa 'ne 'chores ' tonDaa' 'edibZe fern ' tEba 'to show ' to 'ndorin 'everything ' te ' 'a ZittZe ' to 'rE 'never mind ' te 'l 'oiZ ' tugyU ' mba 'Zast year ' te 1 a' 'yesterday ' turi 'mustard ' thaaba 'to construct ' t u ' 5 i ' I don 't know ' thaa idu' 'wait ' t u 5 y u' , ha i 1. ' thang. gad i ba 'to store away ' txaaba ' 'to hoe ' 213 txE 'rite offering ' xrugud I ba 'to be chronicaLLy iLL ' txeba ' 'to cook by fry ing in fat xwe ' 'Ye s? ' (response to hailing fi rst, then adding fLuids ' call ) txi 'time ' xw iba 'to caLL for ' txi rba 'to be pLeasant ' xyoba ' 'to thieve ' txiyAA 'mid day, sun ' xyoba 'to cook by boiLing ' txo 'main upright in house ' txOba 'to emerge, come out of ' y txoba 'to meet ' yaa 'to be ' txuba 'must ' yaayu 'earLy ' txu 1 maE 'taiLors ' yOba 'to be avaiLabLe, to find ' yOmaa' 'hen ' U yo 'hand, handLe ' UI 'a whi Le ago - days ' yogaara 'monkey ' Ul 'ba 'to show ' yu 'ba 'to be sufficient, enough ' ubxapradxaan 'deputy mayor ' yunaa 'quickLy ' See also words under xy- . W waa ' 'question particle ' waaba ' 'to throw out ' See also words under xw- . x xa 'k 'authority ' xa lla' 'strife, confusion ' xa r i' 'direction ' xaaud i ba 'to sco Ld ' xe 'response to hailing call ' xeba 'to cook by a Long boiL ing process ' xO 'to be ' xobaa ' 'to thresh by beating ' xosyaa 'expression of relief' xraba 'to know how to ' xraaba 'to pLay an instrument' xrEgo 'far ' xr l txEba 'a rite in post- ceremonies ' xriba 'bone ' xrl gyo 'Long ' xriba 'to beg ' xris 'anger ' BIBLIOGRAPHY DOHERTY , victor 1974 'The Organizing Principles of Gurung Kinship '. Kaila4h 2:273- 301. Kathmandu : Ratna Pustak Bhandar . GLOVER, Jessie R. 1969 'Structure and Function in the Gurung Interrogative '. Jou�nal 06 T�ibhuvan UniVeA4ity (Kathmandu ), Special Linguistic Number, 37-56. 1971a Indirect Speech in Gurung. Kathmandu : SIL. Mimeo, 3 pp . 1971b Paragraph Structure in Gurung Discourse . Kathmandu : SIL. Mimeo, 16 pp . 1972 'The Role of the Witch in Gurung Society '. The Ea4te�n Anth�opol09i4t 25:221-6. Department of Ant hropology , University of Lucknow . GLOVER, Warren W. 1969a Gurung Phonemic Summary . (Tibeto-Burman Phonemic Summaries, 1. ) Kathmandu : SIL. Mimeo, 61 pp . [Abstracted in Hale and Pike 1970/1:4, 52-73, 211- 36; II:23- 6. J 1969b 'Three Gurung Equivalents of English be '. Jou�nal 06 T�ibhuvan Unive�4ity, Special Linguistic Number , 1 - 36 . 1970 Gurung Texts. In Hale and Pike 1970/111:1-131 . 214 215 GLOVER, Warren W. 1971 'Register in Tibeto-Burman Languages of Nepal : A Comparison with Mon-Khmer'. PL, A-29 :1-22 . 1972 A Vocabulary of the Gurung Language . Kathmandu: SIL. Mimeo , 40 pp . 1974 Sememie and G�ammatieal St�uetu�e� in Gu�ung (Nepal) . SIL Publications in Linguistics and Related Fields , 49. Norman , Oklahoma , and Kathmandu : SIL. GLOVE R, Warren W. and Jessie R. GLOVER 1970 Concordance of Gurung Texts. MS . 1972 A Guide to Gurung Tone . (Guide to Tone in Nepal , 6. ) Kathmandu : SIL. Mimeo, 34 pp . GLOVER, Warren W. , Jessie R. GLOVER and Deu Bahadur GURUNG 1977 Gu�ung -Nepali-Engli� h Vietiona�y with Engli�h-Gu�ung and Nepali-Gu�ung Indexe� . PL, C-51 . GRIERSON , Sir George A. , ed. 1967 Lingui�tie Su�vey 06 India, vol.3: Tibeto-Bu�man Family , [1909J part I: Himalayan Vialeet� and No�th A��am G�oup. Delhi : Motilal Banarsidass. GURUNG, Deu Bahadur , Jessie R. GLOVER and Warren W. GLOVER 1976 Gu�ung -Nepali-Engli� h Glo��a�y with Nepali-Gu�ung Index (in Devanagari script ). Kathmandu : SIL. GURUNG, Devendra 1971 tamukyo dev-kx�i (Gurung language book one ). Kathmandu : Rhodhin Paribar Prakashak. HALE , E. Austin and Warren W. GLOVER 1970 A Note on Glides, Syllabicity, and Tone in Gurung. In Hale and Pike 1970/1 :49-51. ,------ 216 liALE , E. Austin and Kenneth L. Pike , eds 1970 Tone Sy�tem4 06 Tibeto-Bu4man Language4 06 Nepal. Part I: Analysis; Part II: Lexical Lists and Comparative Studies, Part s III and IV: Texts. Occasional Papers of the Wolfenden Society on Tibeto-Burman Linguistics. Urbana : Department of Linguistics, University of Illinois . HINTON , Bruce c. 1970 Spectrographic Confirmation of Contrastive Pitch and Breathiness in Gurung . In Hale and Pike 1970/1 :74-81. PITTMAN , Richard S. 1970 Gurung , Tamang, Thakali, Sherpa , and Chepang Prosodies. In Hale and Pike 1970/11 :1-8. PITTMAN , Richard S. and Jessie R. GLOVER 1970 Proto-Tamang-Gurung-Thakali. In Hale and Pike 1970/11 :9-22 . Glover, J.R. and Gurung, D.B. Conversational Gurung. D-13, viii + 223 pages. Pacific Linguistics, The Australian National University, 1979. DOI:10.15144/PL-D13.1 ©1979 Pacific Linguistics and/or the author(s). Online edition licensed 2015 CC BY-SA 4.0, with permission of PL. A sealang.net/CRCL initiative.